Home

FLUKE 5500A Service

1. 545 DDE Can t edit now 546 DDE Can t set trigger to that now 547 DDE Can t set output imp now 548 DDE FR Compensation is now OFF 549 DDE Period must be gt 0 550 DDE A report is already printing 55 7 DDE SC option not installed 600 DDE FR D Outguard watchdog timeout 601 DDE Power up RAM test failed 602 DDE FR Power up GPIB test failed 700 DDE R Saving to NV memory failed 701 DDE R NV memory invalid 702 DDE NV invalid so default loaded 703 DDE R NV obsolete so default loaded 800 DDE FR Serial parity error s s is serial port 801 DDE FR Serial framing error s s is serial port 802 DDE FR Serial overrun error s s is serial port 803 DDE FR Serial characters dropped s s is serial port 900 DDE FR Report timeout aborted 1000 DDE FR Sequence failed during diag 1001 DDE FR Guard xing link diag fail 1002 DDE FR Inguard bus r w diag fail 1003 DDE FR A6 A D comm fault 1004 DDE FR A6 A D or DAC fault 1005 DDE FR A6 DAC fine channel fault 1006 1091 See Diagnostic Error Messages 1200 DDE FR Sequence name too long 201 DDE FR Sequence RAM table full 1202 DDE FR Sequence name table full 1300 CME R Bad syntax 1301 CME R Unknown command 1302 CME R Bad parameter count 1303 CME R Bad keyword 304 CME R
2. om034f eps Figure 6 25 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 129 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness All high frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e Hewlett Packard E4418A Power Meter e Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors BNC f to Type N f adapter BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Note When high frequencies at voltages below 63 mV p p are verified use the 6481D Power Sensor Otherwise use the 8482A Power Sensor 6 100 SC300 Option 6 Verification Connect the HP E4418A Power Meter to either the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 6 26 For more information on connecting the two instruments see the power meter and power sensor operators manuals Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe as shown in Figure 6 27 The Hewlett Packard E4418A Power Meter must be configured by setting the parameters listed below Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor being used Refer to the Hewlett Packard E4418A operators manual for details PRESET e RESOLN3 e AUTO FILTER e WATTS e SENSOR TABLE 0 default OMO35f eps Figure 6 26 Connect
3. Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 82 Frequency Verification nennen nennen a Edge Rise Time Verification Setup 2 0440 isis Edge Rise Ernie 5 uenerit erar tec ni Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790 AC Measurement Standard Connecting the HP E4418A Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D PPO WED SENSON E Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Wave Generator Verification Setup eene Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Adjusting Short Term 2 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Adjusting the Wave Peak Center with R168 sese Adjusting Base of Peak with 57 gt Adjusting the Ledge with ertet teile Adjusting the Peak Base with 57 Adjust the Ledge Flatness with Adjusting the Edge Rise Time with xii 00 MINUS uA r3 SON Mr Eo US KA
4. 3 40 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy LA UST 3 41 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Voltage 3 42 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Current 3 43 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Power 3 44 Phase and Frequency ii Contents continued 3 45 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORMAL 3 46 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AUX 3 47 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL 3 48 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy 3 49 DC Voltage Offset Accuracy esse 3 50 AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC 22 2 L TLS T Le naa E E 4 1 OM CD 4 2 Access Procedures ue ien Geni etre iere a 4 3 Removing Analog Modules eere 4 4 Removing the Main CPU 9 4 5 Removing Rear Panel 4 6 Removing the Filter PCA A12 essere 4 T Removing the Encoder 2 and Display PCAs 4 8 Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block 4 9 Diagnostic Testing i ocenom eerte hte tenen erre ene tta ier i sa sigo cese 4 10 Running Diagnostics
5. Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E 30 1 50 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 400 390 4 00 400 400 480 4 00 570 400 580 4 00 590 400 600 4 00 Complete Columns as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry Table 6 35 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 25 mV Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz C D 30 1 50 70 50 120 290 2 00 360 9 390 400 400 4 00 480 400 570 ee 580 34 00 590 4 00 600 400 Complete Columns A E as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C
6. CT Jg Jg YH YH Hardware re Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages 5725A 5725A Inguard got A D fell asl Inguard watchdog timeout ROM fail RAM fail ay trip occurred in npatient leep 5725A EEPROM failure 5725A 5725A 5725A 5725A 5725A 5725A I data bus failure CLAMPS circuit failure HVCLR circuit failure DAC failure watchdog timer fault heatsink too hot Output tripped to standby 5725A compliance V exceeded 5725A compliance V exceeded 5725A 4400 did not shut off 5725A 400V did not shut off 5725A V heatsink too hot 5725A V heatsink too hot 5725A 400V 5725A 400V 5725A 400V 5725A 400V 5725A 400V Output tripped to standby 5725A 400V Output tripped to standby 5725A fan not working 5725A CLAMPS fault Output tripped to standby 5725A 5725A 5725A RESET 5725A 5725A 5725A supply too small supply too large supply too large supply too small supply overl supply overl software TRAP cable was off guard crossing timeout illegal command non maskable interrupt 5725A HVCLEAR tripped Output No suc tripped
7. Lee Leveled Sine Wave lune Marker Mode pe te eee Wave Generator nte Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification SC300 Calibration Setup osea etes indes Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions Overview of HP3458A Operation see Setup for Square Wave Measurements eee DC Voltage Calibration etae nae techn AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration eene Edge Amplitude Calibration eene Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration ss Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration eese Low Frequency Calibration sss sese sese ee eee eee High Frequency Calibration eene KZ Tse PE DC Voltage Verification uiii Tenda agred oer tae Verification at 1 L santa tenti ertt Verification at 50 OQ trente rens AC Voltage Amplitude Verification esee Verification at 1 0 2 4 26 eet Verification at SUE scare nente a 6 65 5500A Service Manual 6 66 6 118 6 119 6 120 6 121 6 122 6 123 6 124 6 125 6 126 6 127 6 128 6 129 6 130 6 131 6 132 6 133 6 134 6 135 6 136 6 137 6 138 6 13
8. om036f eps Figure 6 12 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor 6 45 5500A Service Manual 6 46 6 63 Low Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing low frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 32 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 500 KHz Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms Enter the 5790A reading in Column A of Table 6 32 3 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 32 4 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 32 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table 5 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 32 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 32 Continue until you have completed Columns and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 32 by performing the calculations for column C Compare Column C to the specifications listed in t
9. sese Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 1 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 Adjusting the Rise Time for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Rise Time List of Tables Title Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification sss DC Volts Calibration Steps inet ee ege da te bn AC Volts Calibration DC Current Calibration Steps oerte rnt toii orate AC Current Calibration Steps enea een nere nennen nennen AUX DCVollts Calibration Steps sese AUX ACVolts Calibration eonenn nenen nnne Resistance Calibration 56 2 cepit oig Capacitance Calibration Steps esse eee eee eee Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Calibration Volts and Current Phase Calibration Steps sese Jumping to a Specific Calibration DC Vol
10. sess 6 56 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification 6 57 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification ss 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 60 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification 2 0822222 6 61 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness 6 62 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness 6 63 Low Frequency Verification eese 6 64 High Frequency 6 65 Time Marker 6 66 Wave Generator 6 67 Verification at Le enne 6 68 Verification at 50 te seit re e 6 69 Pulse Width 6 70 Pulse Period Verification 2 6 71 MeasZ Resistance Verification essen 6 72 MeasZ Capacitance Verification essere 6 73 Overload Function Verification sss sees eee eee 6 74 8 600 Hardware Adjustments sss esse sese rennen 6 75 Equipment Required tete te etre rien 6 76 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function sess 6 60 6 77 Equipment Setup eene ep 6 78 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance 6 79 Adju
11. eene Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies sse Exploded View of Front Panel Chassis 5 2 Front Panel Assembly et tee tee he PR EP e AG RD Rear Panel Assembly ert sitesh eterne ete Intt aie tria ero Winne Diagramm aic eec DHT PE RD EE IS LER ORE SCHOO Block bu 6 14 Equipment Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790 AC Measurement Standard MeasZ Function Calibration Setup sese AC Voltage Frequency Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Setup sss enn Edse Rise tie p ere eg eri bere rra e Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup sees sees eee e eee eee eee Power HEO xi 5500A Service Manual Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Balance eee Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting Short Term Edge eene nennen enn 2 SC300 Block Diagram Equipment Setup for SC300 Square Wave
12. 0 0003 10 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0004 25 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0007 50 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0012 100 mV 10 kHz 1 Vdc 0 0022 500 mV 10 kHz 1 Vdc 0 0102 1 00 V 10 kHz 1Vdc 0 0202 2 5 V 10 kHz 10 V dc 0 0502 6 120 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge frequency 1 Set the 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 55 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 55 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 55 Table 6 55 Edge Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe Frequency PM 6680 Reading Frequency Tolerance output 2 5 V p p 1 kHz 0 025 Hz 10
13. equipment specified for SC600 calibration must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin calibration you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them The Calibrator Mainframe first prompts the user to calibrate the DC Voltage function If another function is to be calibrated alternately press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the desired function is reached 6 29 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage 6 30 6 31 Functions The Voltage Edge and Wave Generator functions have square wave voltages that need to be calibrated or verified The HP3458A digital multimeter be programmed from either the front panel or over the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP3458A Operation The Hewlett Packard 3458 digital multimeter is setup as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to DCV using various analog to digital integration times and triggering commands to measure the topline and baseline of the square wave signal Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements By controlling the HP 3458A s integration and sample
14. esses 3 20 Generating a Calibration 3 2 Calibration Shifts Report Printout Format sess 3 22 Calibration Shifts Report Spreadsheet 3 23 Calibration Constant Report Printout Format 3 24 Calibration Constants Report Spreadsheet Format 3 25 Performance Verification Tests essere 3 26 Zeroing the Calibrator 22 tente 3 27 DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy 3 28 DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy 3 29 DC Current Amplitude eene 3 30 Resistance ass tiene eei rp bete eode 3 3 Resistance DC Offset 3 32 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL 3 33 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy 0 3 34 AC Current Amplitude Accuracy eene 3 35 Capacitance 3 36 Thermocouple Measurement 2 3 37 Thermocouple Sourcing Accuracy eee 3 38 Thermocouple Measuring 17 3 39 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy
15. gt f FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR 50 Q Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter om055f eps Figure 6 3 Equipment Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual ranging with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper connections 6 33 6 34 SC600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions DC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Note Calibrating DC Voltage requires AC Voltage calibration Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section Then follow these steps to calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input
16. 2 2 2 nennen nennen 4 11 Sequence of Diagnostics 2 010221 4 12 Diagnostics Error 4 13 Testing the Front Panel sss sese 4 14 Internal Fuse Replacement sees esse sees eee 4 15 Complete List of Error 24 1 0 100000 0 List of Replaceable Parts 5 1 TSS STs 5 2 How to Obtain Parts teen oe det xh cada 5 3 How to Contact Fluke 5 4 IL SER C Oscilloscope Calibration 6 1 Iscritto EE 6 2 URS cane ER EYES EE UP EHE CAT NS 6 3 5 600 1 1 2 4 aae Zay 6 4 Volt Specifications 2 6 5 Edge Specification eret eerie eere eee b rta eds 6 6 Leveled Sine Wave 6 7 Time Marker Specifications sss eee eee eee eee 6 8 Wave Generator 6 9 Pulse Generator 5 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function 6 11 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function 6 12 Trigger Sign
17. 3 26 Table 3 18 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test NORMAL cont Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 96 90 Day Spec V NORMAL 30 V 9 5 Hz 5 550 30 V 10 Hz 0 118 30 V 45 Hz 0 032 30 V 1 kHz 0 032 30 V 10 kHz 0 032 30 V 20 kHz 0 069 30 V 50 kHz 0 157 30V 90 kHz 0 227 300 V 45 Hz 0 042 300 V 1 kHz 0 042 300 V 10 kHz 0 065 300 V 18 kHz 0 081 1000 V 45 Hz 0 048 1000 V 1 kHz 0 048 1000 V 5 kHz 0 160 1000 V 8 kHz 10 kHz 0 200 optional Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 33 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy AUX The AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of ac voltage at the 5500A Calibrator front panel AUX terminals in the presence of a voltage at the NORMAL terminals Leave the NORMAL terminals disconnected Table 3 19 shows the test points Table 3 19 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test AUX Deviation 90 Day Spec Nominal Value Nominal Value Frequency Measured NORMAL AUX Value 96 96 V AUX 300 mV 10 mV 45 Hz 3 78096 300 mV 10 mV 1 kHz 3 780 300 mV 10 mV 5 kHz 4 650 300 mV 10 mV 10 kHz 4 800 300 mV 300 mV 9 5 Hz 5 550 300 mV 300 mV 10 Hz 0 273 300 mV
18. 0 0047 1000 V 334 V 0 0049 1000 V 900 V 0 0047 1000 V 334 V 0 0049 1000 V 900 V 0 004796 3 28 DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy AUX The DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of dc voltage at the 5500A Calibrator front panel AUX terminals in the presence of a lower voltage at the NORMAL terminals Table 3 14 shows the test points Table 3 14 DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test NORMAL AUX AUX or mV 0 mV 0 350 mV 3V 3V 329 mV 0 1365 3V 329 mV 0 1365 3V 3V Nominal Value Nominal Value Measured Value V Deviation 90 Day Spec 033V 0 1361 3 29 V 0 0407 3 29 V 0 0407 3 21 5500A Service Manual 3 22 3 29 DC Current Amplitude Accuracy The DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of dc current at the 5500A Calibrator front panel AUX terminals See Figure 3 2 and Table 3 4 for test equipment connection instructions Table 3 15 shows the test points Table 3 15 DC Current Amplitude Accuracy Test s Nominal Measured Value A 90 Day Spec Value AUX 96 or mA 3 3 mA 0 mA 0 00005 mA 3 3 mA 0 19 mA 0 036 3 3 mA 0 19 mA 0 036 3 3 mA 1 9 mA 0 013 3 3 mA 1 9 mA 0 01396 3 3 mA 3 29 mA 0 01296 3 3 mA 3 29 mA
19. 1 50 100 pV 2 00 100 pV 2 00 100 pV Complete Columns A E as follows sqrt Column D entry 200 2 00 100 uV 220 2 00 100 uV 235 2 00 100 uV 250 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D W 6 105 5500A Service Manual 6 106 Table 6 67 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 800 mV Calibrator Mainframe Calibrator Mainframe Freq MHz D E Flatness Spec 20 1 50 100 uV 50 1 50 100 uV 100 1 50 100 uV 125 2 00 100 uV 160 2 00 100 uV 200 2 00 100 uV 220 2 00 100 uV 235 2 00 100 uV 250 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV Complete Columns A E as follows m entry sqrt Column D entry Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 1
20. 10 to 500 kHz See AC Voltage Sinewaves Specifications 0 3 to 3 3 V 500 kHz to 1 8 dB at 1 MHz typical Two digits MHz 1to 2 MHz 32 dB at 2 MHz typical Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 10 to 330 mV 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Three digits 0 4 to 3 8 V Two digits 10 to 10 kHz See AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications 1 26 Introduction and Specifications 1 Additional Specifications 1 22 AC Voltage Non Sinewave Specifications Trianglewave amp Truncated Sine Ranges p p 1 EE 0 01 to 10 Hz 2 9 to 92 999 mV 0 93 to 9 29999 V 9 3 to 92 9999 V 93 to 929 999 mV 0 93 to 9 29999 V Squarewave Ranges p p 1 93 to 929 999 mV Frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of output of range 2 Output Normal Channel Single Output Mode Two digits on each range 5 096 0 596 10to45Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 1to20kHz 05 0 25 20 to 100 kHz 8 50 0 5 Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 096 0 596 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 1 to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 Frequency 1 To convert p p to rms for trianglewave multiply the p p value by 0 2886751 To convert p p to rms for truncated sinewave multiply the p p value by 0 2165063 2 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 3 Uncertainty for truncated sin
21. 2 3 4 5 Do all four steps of the previous procedure Unlatch the plastic catches that fasten the front panel together Remove the four Phillips screws that are around the output block Remove the output cables Separate the two main parts of the front panel Maintenance Access Procedures Figure 4 1 Exploded View of Rear Panel Assemblies 4 4 5 5500A Service Manual 4 6 Figure 4 2 Exploded View of Front Panel Assemblies om017f eps 4 9 4 10 4 12 Maintenance 4 Diagnostic Testing Diagnostic Testing 5500A internal software provides extensive self testing capabilities In case of a malfunction this is an excellent place to begin testing to isolate a faulty module Note Self tests should only be run after the 5500A has completed its warm up Access the diagnostics menu as follows Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS and SELF TEST The menu presents the following choices PSEUDO CAL Runs all the internal gains calibration steps but does not save the updated constants This is useful to check for error messages e DIAG Runs internal diagnostics FRONT PANEL Allows you to test the front panel knob keys bell and displays e SERIAL IF TEST Does a loopback test between the two serial ports For this test you attach a straight through serial cable between the two serial ports At least pins 2 3 and 5 need to be connecte
22. The AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORMAL test checks the amplitude accuracy at the NORMAL terminals For this test use the Fluke 5790A Refer to the 5790A Operator Manual for operating instructions and connections For squarewaves the measured value in rms should be exactly 1 2 the nominal value in peak to peak Table 3 32 shows the test points Table 3 32 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORMAL Nominal Value p p Frequency Measured Value Deviation V rms NORMAL 96 30 mV 15 mV rms 10 Hz 1 350 30 mV 1 kHz 0 800 30 mV 20 kHz 1 050 30 mV 100 kHz 6 100 300 mV 150 mV rms 10Hz 1 350 300 mV 1 kHz 0 800 300 mV 20 kHz 1 050 300 mV 100 kHz 6 100 3 V 1 5 V rms 10 Hz 1 350 1 kHz 0 800 20 kHz 1 050 100 kHz 6 100 30 V 15 V rms 10Hz 1 350 30 V 1 kHz 0 800 30 V 20 kHz 1 050 30 V 100 kHz 6 100 3 46 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AUX The AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AUX test checks the amplitude accuracy at the AUX terminals For this test use the Fluke 5790A Refer to the 5790A Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests Operator Manual for operating instructions and connections For squarewaves the measured value in rms should be exactly 1 2 the nom
23. 2 0 0 22 4 00 000000000000600000000000000000000 Synthesized Impedance Assembly A5 DDS Assembly Current Assembly LATH sese Voltage Assembly A8 eese Main CPU Assembly A9 essen Power Supplies 1 orn Lelicne eere Outguard Inguard Supplies once bee eerte 2 1 5500A Service Manual 2 2 Theory of Operation 2 Introduction 2 1 Introduction This chapter provides a block diagram discussion of the calibrator s analog and digital sections Figure 2 1 shows the arrangement of assemblies inside the 5500A The Oscilloscope Calibration Option is described in the Options chapter The 5500 produces calibration outputs of the following functions and ranges DC voltage from 0 V to 1000 V AC voltage from 1 mV to 1000 V with output from 10 Hz to 500 KHz AC current from 0 01 WA to 11 0 A with output from 10 Hz to 10 KHz DC current from 0 to 11 0 A Resistance values from a short circuit to 330 MO Capacitance values from 330 pF to 1100 Simulated output for three types of Resistance Temperature Detectors RTDs Simulated output for nine types of thermocouples Motherboard A3 om003f eps Figure 2 1 5500A Internal Layout 2 3 5500A Service Manual 2 2 Encode
24. High Frequency Flatness Verification at 3 4 Time Marker Verification Wave Generator Verification at 1 Wave Generator Verification at 50 0 Pulse Width Verification Pulse Period Verification MeasZ Resistance Verification MeasZ Capacitance Verification SC300 Calibration and Verification AC Square Wave Voltage and Edge Settings for the 458 DC Voltage Verification at 1 Internal Fuse Locations Error Message Format Chassis Assembly Front Panel Assembly Rear Panel Assembly Volt Specifications Edge Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Specifications nennen Time Marker Specifications Wave Generator Specifications Pulse Generator Specifications Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function eese Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function eee Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function TV Trigger Signal Specifications Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specification
25. Power supplies 2 8 Inguard supplies Outguard supplies Pulse Function Trigger Specifications 6 10 Pulse Generator Function Specifications 6 10 Pulse period verification 6 57 Pulse Width function Calibration 6 25 equipment setup 6 25 Verification equipment setup 6 56 Pulse width verification 6 56 R Remote commands for calibration 3 16 Removing Analog modules 4 3 Rear panel assemblies 4 4 The Encoder A2 and Display PCAs 4 4 The Filter PCA A12 4 a and Accessing the Output Block 4 4 The Main CPU A9 4 3 Reports calibration 3 18 E equipment for calibration and verification 3 3 Resistance specifications 1 9 Index continued S SC300 Seealso Calibration Error Message indicating nor E Hardware 24 Maintenance 6 67 Theory of REI 6 72 User s servicing abilities 6 67 Verification 6 84 6 84 84 SC600 See Calibration 6 5 6 17 Error Message indicating not installed 6 5 Hardware adjustments 6 60 Maintenance 6 5 Theory of Operation 6 12 User s servicing abilities 6 5 Verification 6 28 SC600 Specifications 6 6 Scope Calibration See SC300 See SC600 Service information 1 4 Specifications AC current non sinewave 1 30 ac current sinewaves AC current sinewaves extended bandwidth AC current squarewave characteristics typical 1 31 31 AC current wmanglewave characteristics typical 1 AC pow
26. Service Manual 6 91 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function Time Marker Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into Typical Rise Time Period 50 p p 5 to 50 ms off 1 21V lt 2ns 20 ms to 100 ns off 1 10 100 21V lt 2ns 50 to 10 ns off 10 100 21V 2ns 5102 ns off 100 21V lt 2ns 6 92 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function Edge Signal Division Ratio Amplitude into Typical Rise Time Frequency 50 p p 1 kHz to 1 MHz off 1 21V 2 ns 6 93 Theory of Operation The following discussion provides a brief overview of the following SC300 operating modes voltage edge leveled sine wave time marker and wave generator This discussion will allow you to identify which of the main plug in boards of the Calibrator Mainframe are defective Figure 6 18 shows a block diagram of the SC300 Option also referred to as the A50 board Functions that are not depicted in the figure are generated from the DDS Assembly A6 board For a diagram of all Calibrator Mainframe board assemblies refer to Figure 2 1 6 94 Voltage Mode signals for the voltage function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board via the SCOPE HV signal line The generated signal ac or dc is then passed from the A50 board to the A90 attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs The signal is then passed to the SCOPE output BNC on the front panel 6 95 Edge Mode The edge
27. To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Note For this application if making measurements of a signal gt 1 kHz the HP 3456A has been known to have 05 to 1 peaking For these signals lock the HP 3458 to the range HP 3458A Front SC600 Cable 5500A SC600 ZA FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR 50 Q Feedthrough Termination BNC F to Double Banana Adapter HP 3458A Rear om054f eps Figure 6 2 Equipment Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 6 19 5500A Service Manual 6 20 6 32 Input Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 1 kHz 01 0002 s 0007 s 10 kHz 001 00002 s 00007 s Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements The setup to measure the topline and baseline of Edge and Wave Generator signals differs slightly from the Voltage Square Wave method described above The HP 3458A is triggered by a change in input level instead of an external trigger The trigger level is set to 1 of range with AC coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the Edge and Wave Generator functions See Table 6 17 and Figure 6 3 Table 6 17 Edge and Wave Generator HP3458A Settings HP 3458A Settings HP 3458A SC600 Cable 5500A SC600
28. 02 7 5000003E 02 SL100MV F6 9 7999997 02 9 7999997 02 9 7999997 02 9 7999997 02 SL100MV F7 1 1800000 01 1 1800000 01 1 1800000 01 1 1800000 01 SL100MV F8 1 2800001 01 1 2800001 01 1 2800001 01 1 2800001 01 SL100MV F9 1 5000001 01 1 5000001 01 1 5000001 01 1 5000001 01 SL100MV 2 0000000 01 2 0000000 01 2 0000000E 01 2 0000000 01 SL100MV FB 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 SL100MV 3 0000001 01 3 0000001 01 3 0000001 01 3 0000001 01 SL400MV 5 6669998E 00 5 6669998 00 5 6669998E 00 5 6669998E 00 SL400MV F1 0 0000000 00 0 0000000E 00 0 0000000 00 0 0000000 400 SL400MV F2 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 continued 5500A Service Manual 3 20 3 24 Calibration Constants Report Spreadsheet Format ACTIVE 0 STORED 0 OLD 0 VDAC Z1 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 VDAC Z2 6 7770000 403 6 7770000E 03 6 7770000E 03 4 0960000E 03 VDAC_RATIO 6 3140000E 03 6 3140000E 03 6 3140000E 03 6 7550000E 03 VDAC_G 5 8708777E 02 5 8708777E 02 5 8708777E 02 5 8700000 02 VDAC_N 5 8709972E 02 5 8709972E 02 5 8709972E 02 5 8700000E 02 IDAC Z1 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 4 0950000E 03 IDAC 22 6 4480000E 03 6 4480000E 03 6 4480000E 03 4 09
29. 10 kHz 100pF 50101000 2 5kHz 100 pF 50101000 2 2kHz 1 nE 50 to 400 Hz 1 5 kHz 1nF 50 to 400 Hz 800 Hz 10nF 5010200 Hz 400 Hz 10nF 5010 100 Hz 200 Hz 100nF 50to 100 Hz 150 Hz For all ranges the maximum charge and discharge current is 150 mA pk or 30 mA rms The peak voltage is 4 V except the 330 uF to 1 1 mF range is limited to 1 V The maximum lead resistance for no additional error 2 wire COMP mode is 100 1 5500A Service Manual 1 11 Calibration Thermocouple Specifications TC Range C Absolute TC Range C Absolute Type Uncertainty Type Uncertainty Source Measure Source Measure teal 5 C teal 5 C C E deos 90 days 1 year B 600 C to 800 C 0 42 C 0 44 C L 200 to 100 0 37 0 37 800 to 1000 0 34 0 34 100 to 800 0 26 0 26 1000 to 1550 0 30 0 30 800 to 900 0 17 0 17 1550 to 1820 0 26 0 33 N 200 to 100 0 30 0 40 C 0 to 150 0 23 0 30 100 to 25 0 17 0 22 150 to 650 0 19 0 26 25 to 120 0 15 0 19 650 to 1000 0 23 0 31 120 to 410 0 14 0 18 1000 to 1800 0 38 0 50 410 to 1300 0 21 0 27 1800 to 2316 0 63 0 84 R 0 to 250 0 48 0 57 E 250 to 100 0 38 0 50 250 to 400 0 28 0 35 100 to 25 0 12 0 16 400 to 1000 0 26 0 33 25 to 350 0 10 0 14 1000 to 1767 0 30 0 40 350 to 650 0 12 0 16 S 0 to 250 0 47 0 47 650 to 1000 0 16 0 21 250 to 1000 0 30 0 36 J 210 to 100 0 20 0 27 1000 to 140
30. 300 mV 45 Hz 0 203 300 mV 300 mV 1 kHz 0 203 300 mV 300 mV 5 kHz 0 300 300 mV 300 mV 10 kHz 0 450 300 mV 3V 9 5 Hz 5 550 300 mV 3V 10 Hz 0 165 300 mV 3V 45 Hz 0 085 300 mV 3V 1 kHz 0 085 300 mV 3V 5 kHz 0 197 300 mV 3V 10 kHz 0 347 1000 V 10 mV 45 Hz 3 780 1000 V 100 mV 1 kHz 0 450 500 V 100 mV 5 kHz 0 600 250 V 1V 10 kHz 0 440 3 27 5500A Service Manual 3 28 3 34 AC Current Amplitude Accuracy The AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of ac current at the 5500A Calibrator front panel AUX terminals Use a Fluke 5790A with the appropriate precision shunts and adapter to measure the 5500A output Refer to the 5790A Operator Manual for operating instructions and connections See Figure 3 2 for connections and see Table 3 5 for shunt information Table 3 20 shows the test points Table 3 20 AC Current Amplitude Accuracy Test Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 96 90 Day Spec A AUX 33 uA 1 kHz 0 848 33 WA 10 kHz 1 395 190 uA 45 Hz 0 169 190 uA 1 kHz 0 222 190 uA 10 kHz 1 019 329 uA 10Hz 0 236 329 uA 45 Hz 0 136 329 uA 1 kHz 0 166 329 uA 5 kHz 0 346 329 uA 10 kHz 0 986 0 33 mA 1
31. Chapter 1 Introduction and Specifications Introduction wii instet be qe HERR LR V Service Information eee hn ee teria CAL ONS SDN General Specifications eee eee i DC Voltage Specifications sss sees eee eee DC Current Specifications esee Resistance Specifications esee AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications AC Current Sinewave Specifications Capacitance Specifications eene Temperatore Calibration Thermocouple Specifications Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications DC Power Specification Summary eee AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications 5500A Phase Specifications eese Calculating Power Uncertainty eese Additional Specifications Frequency Specifications 2 Harmonics 2nd to 50th Specifications esses AC Voltage Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications AC Voltage Non Sinewave AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications 4244 22 AC Voltage Squarewave Characteristics eese AC Voltage Trianglewave Characteristics typical AC Current Sinewave Exte
32. Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements DC Voltage Calibration AC Voltage 2 0 000 002100 0 Wave Generator 6 3 5500A Service Manual 6 36 Edge Amplitude Calibration eene 6 37 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration eese 6 39 Low Frequency Calibration sss sees sese ee eee eee 6 40 High Frequency Calibration eene 6 41 Pulse Width Calibration essere 6 42 MeasZ Calibration esses nennen enne enne 6 43 ico eee d ree endo e ERE dd 6 44 DC Voltage 6 45 Verification at 1 MO 6 46 Verification t 50 0 eta eese ne ae bis 6 47 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification seen 6 48 Verification at 1 ii 6 49 Verification at 50 L 6 50 AC Voltage Frequency 6 51 Edge Amplitude Verification 2 6 52 Edge Frequency Verification sese 6 53 Edge Duty Cycle Verification sss sees eee eee eee 6 54 Edge Rise Time Verification essere 6 55 Edge Abberation Verification
33. Zeroing the Calibrator DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy DC Current Amplitude Accuracy eene Resistance ACCULaCY ts niii cene tiep ecce dte tue dee ERE BL edo Resistance DC Offset AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy AC Current Amplitude 0 00040 00 0 Capacitance 3 1 5500A Service Manual 3 36 Thermocouple Measurement 2 3 37 Thermocouple Sourcing 3 38 Thermocouple Measuring 3 39 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy 3 40 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy LA UST 3 41 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Voltage 3 42 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Current 3 43 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High 3 44 Phase and Frequency 2 224 0 0 3 45 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORM
34. and B 7 When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 61 by performing the calculations for column C Compare Column C to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 61 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Mainframe E C rates Specification 9 500 kHz 1 50 100 pV 1 MHz 1 50 100 pV 2 MHz 1 50 100 pV 5 MHz 1 50 100 pV 10 MHz 1 50 100 pV Complete Columns A C as follows A B C Enter 5790A Reading mV for the present frequency Enter 5790A Reading mV for 50 kHz Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation 96 100 Column A entry Column B entry Column B entry 6 131 High Frequency Verification 6 102 This procedure provides an example of testing high frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 62 For this voltage range you will use the model HP 8482A power sensor 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 30 MHz Press oPR on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the power meter reading to stabilize The power meter should display approximately 75 mW Enter the power meter s reading in Column A of Table 6 62 SC300 Option 6 Verificati
35. lt 3 3V on 6 NORMAL HI NORMAL LO SCOM AC Converter SCOM om007f eps Figure 2 5 Voltage Function 2 7 5500A Service Manual 2 8 2 7 2 10 Main CPU Assembly A9 The Main CPU A9 attached to the rear panel assembly communicates with the following assemblies e Inguard CPU on the DDS assembly Display assembly CPU e Serial and IEEE interfaces e External amplifier 5725A The main CPU memory is Flash ROM Each analog assembly has the same bus structure e One or more Chip Select lines e Common data bus that connects to the motherboard latched in by latches e A Fault line that sets all modules to a safe state in case of malfunction Signals to the front panel jacks are routed by output relays on the motherboard Power Supplies AC line voltage is applied through a line filter to a power module in the rear panel that provides switching for four line voltages The outputs of the power module are wired directly to the primaries of the mains transformer The safety ground wire is attached from the power module to the rear panel Major internal grounds are SCOM which is tied to OUTPUT LO and the guard shell ICOM which is the internal ground for the current function and GCOM which is the outguard common and is tied to earth ground Outguard Supplies The motherboard generates the outguard power supplies 12VG 12VG and 5VG the trans
36. 0 009 3 3 0 025 10 9 0 012 11 9 0 012 19 0 010 30 0 009 33 0 026 109 0 013 119 0 014 190 0 012 3 23 5500A Service Manual 3 24 Table 3 16 Resistance Accuracy Test cont 1 Perform this test using the HP 3458A in the 10 MQ range and the Fluke 742A 10M in parallel with the 5500A output Using exactly 10 MO the nominal value is 9 66667 MQ Figure 3 4 shows the connections and the equation you use to calculate actual resistance Measured Value Ohms Deviation 90 Day Spec or 96 300 0 011 330 0 028 1 09 MQ 0 016 1 19 MQ 0 016 1 9 MQ 0 014 3 MQ 0 013 3 3 MQ 0 062 10 9 MQ 0 050 11 9 0 080 19 MO 0 078 30 MQ 0 077 33 MQ 0 415 109 MQ 0 406 119 MQ 0 41396 290 MO 1 0 403 3 31 Resistance DC Offset Measurement The Resistance DC Offset Measurement test checks the dc offset of the amplifiers used in synthesizing resistance Prior to performing this test make sure you zero the 5500A Calibrator following the Zeroing the Calibrator procedure described earlier in this chapter Set the output to 100 ohms COMP OFF and measure the NORMAL terminals with a de millivoltmeter Table 3
37. 0 01296 33 mA 0 mA 0 00025 mA 33 mA 19 mA 0 009 33 mA 19 mA 0 009 33 mA 32 9 mA 0 009 33 mA 32 9 mA 0 009 330 mA 0 mA 0 0033 mA 330 mA 190 mA 0 010 330 mA 190 mA 0 010 330 mA 329 mA 0 009 330 mA 329 mA 0 009 2 2A OA 0 000044 A 2 2A 2 19A 0 025 2 2A 2 19A 0 025 11A 0A 0 00033 A 11A 11A 0 04196 11A 11A 0 04196 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 30 Hesistance Accuracy The Resistance Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of synthesized resistance at the 5500A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals See Figure 3 3 for test equipment connection instructions For resistances of less than 110 kO use the four wire COMP option For resistances of 110 or higher the COMP option is automatically turned off Table 3 16 shows the test points Table 3 16 Resistance Accuracy Test Measured Value Ohms Deviation 96 90 Day Spec m9 or 96 on 20 0 309 1090 0 064 1190 0 135 190 0 088 300 0 059 33 0 0 052 109 0 021 119 0 0 020 190 Q 0 015 300 Q 0 012 330 Q 0 025 1 09 0 012 1 19 KQ 0 012 1 9 0 010 3 kQ
38. 0 1 1 0 0 05 1 0 0 5 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 15 1 5 uA 0 06 1 5 0 02 1 5 0 5 1 5 1 2 1 5 0 15 5 uA 0 05 5 0 07 5 0 3 5 0 745 0 15 50 uA 0 05 50 0 07 50 0 2 50 0 4 50 0 2 500 uA 0 1 500 1 4 500 0 2 0 1 3 0 4 3 0 05 1 mA 0 12 1 0 5 1 Ranges 1 10 Capacitance Specifications 0 33 to 0 4999 nF 0 5 to 1 0999 nF 1 1 to 3 2999 nF 3 3 to 10 999 nF 11 to 32 999 nF 33 to 109 99 nF 110 to 329 99 nF 0 33 to 1 0999 uF 1 1 to 3 2999 uF 3 3 to 10 999 uF 11 to 32 999 uF 33 to 109 99 uF 110 to 329 99 uF 330 to 1 1 mF Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of output nF 90 days 0 38 0 01 nF 0 38 0 01 0 38 0 01 0 38 0 01 0 19 0 1 0 19 0 1 0 19 0 3 0 19 1 0 26 3 0 26 10 0 30 30 0 38 100 0 50 300 1 300 1 year 0 5 0 01 nF 0 5 0 01 0 5 0 01 0 5 0 01 0 25 0 1 0 25 0 1 0 25 0 3 0 25 1 0 35 3 0 35 10 0 40 30 0 50 100 0 70 300 1 300 Introduction and Specifications Specifications Specifications apply to both dc charge discharge capacitance meters and ac RCL meters The output is continuously variable from 330 pF to 1 1 mF Allowed Typical for lt 1 Error 0 1pF 50to1000Hz 10kHz 0 1pF 50to1000Hz 10kHz 0 1pF 50to1000Hz 10kHz 1 pF 5010 1000 Hz 10kHz 1 pF 50 1000 Hz 10kHz 10pF 50101000 2 10kHz 10pF 50101000 2
39. 100 sqrt Column C entry Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry 6 103 5500A Service Manual 6 104 Table 6 63 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 7 5 mV Calibrator Mainframe B Calibrator Mainframe Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E Flatness Spec 20 1 50 100 uV 50 1 50 100 uV 100 1 50 100 uV 125 t 2 00 100 uV 160 t 2 00 100 uV 200 t 2 00 100 uV 220 t 2 00 100 uV 235 t 2 00 100 uV 250 t 2 00 100 uV 300 t 2 00 100 uV Complete Columns A E as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry Table 6 64 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 25 mV Calibrator Mainframe B Calibrator Mainframe Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E Flatness Spec 20 1 50 100 uV 50 1 50 100 uV 100 1 50 100 uV 125 t 2 00 100 uV 160 t 2 00 100 uV 200 t 2 00 100 uV 220 t 2 00 100 uV 235 t 2 00 100 uV 250 t 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV Complete Columns A
40. 140 ns for frequencies gt 10 kHz 0 8 of period 2 us for frequencies lt 10 kHz 1 For duty cycles of 10 00 to 90 00 1 25 AC Voltage Trianglewave Characteristics typical Linearity to 1 kHz 0 396 of p p value from 10 to 90 point Aberrations 196 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 1 26 AC Current Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications Ranges All current ranges 330 mA Frequency 0 01 to 10 Hz 10 to 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Maximum teal 5 Current of output of range 2 Resolution Output Range 5 0 0 5 2 digits each range See AC Current Sinewave Specifications 1 1 29 5500A Service Manual 1 27 AC Current Non Sinewave Specifications Trianglewave amp Truncated Sinewave Ranges 1 2 210 11A 2 210 11A 1 30 2 9 to 92 999 mA 93 to 929 999 mA 0 93 to 2 19 A 2 9 to 65 999 mA 66 to 659 999 mA 0 66 to 2 19 A Frequency 0 01 to 10 Hz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 10 kHz 0 01 to 10 Hz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 10 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 45 to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 1 kHz 0 01 to 10 Hz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 10 kHz 0 01 to 10 Hz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 10 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 45 to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 1 kHz 1 All waveforms are p p output ranges 2
41. 5725A Amplifier Current Range Voltage Range 1 5 to 4 4999 A 45to11A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 90 days 33 mV to 1020 V 0 09 0 07 1 year 33 mV to 1020 V 0 10 0 08 Note 1 To determine dc power uncertainty with more precision see the individual DC Voltage Specifications and DC Current Specifications and Calculating Power Uncertainty 1 1 19 5500A Service Manual 1 14 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary 1 5500A Calibrator Current Range Voltage Range 3 3 to 8 999 mA 9 to 32 999 ma 10 32 999 33 89 99 mA po to 329 99 mA Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 5500A Calibrator 90 days 3310 329 999 mV 0 30 0 20 0 25 0 20 330 mV to 1020 V 0 20 0 20 0 12 1 3310 329 999 0 40 0 35 0 25 330 mV to 1020 V 0 25 0 25 0 15 5725A Amplifier 90days 100101020 020 0 12 0 20 0 12 1 100t01020V 0 25 0 15 0225 0 15 5500A Calibrator Current Range Voltage Range 0 33 to 0 8999 A 0 9 to 2 1999 2 2 to 4 4999 A 4 5 t0 11A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 5500A Calibrator 90 days 33 to 329 999 mV 330 mV to 1020 V 1year 33 to 329 999 mV 330 mV to 1020 V 5725A Amplifier 90days 100to1020V 0 20 0 12 0 18 0 12 1 100t01020V 0 25 0 15 0 20 0 15 5725
42. 8 3200 9 0 35 10 1 11 1 1 12 3 2 KQ 13 3 5 14 10 15 11 16 32 17 35 18 100 19 110 Make a two wire measurement 20 320 21 0 35 22 1 23 1 1 MQ 24 3 2 25 3 5 MQ 26 10 MQ 27 11 MQ 28 32 MQ 29 35 MQ 30 100 MQ 31 110 MQ Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration Table 3 8 Resistance Calibration Steps cont Step 5500A Output Comments 32 320 MQ 1 Make a two wire measurement 1 Perform this test using the HP 3458 in the 10 MO range and the Fluke 742A 10M in parallel with the 5500A output Using exactly 10 MQ the nominal value displayed on the HP 3458A is 9 66667 Figure 3 4 shows the connections and the equation you use to calculate actual resistance Enter the calculated actual resistance Ruun into the HP 3458A In the equation reading of the HP 3458A H is the printed value of the 742A 10M and Ru is the actual 5500A output is the 5500A R R Ruut R 3458 742 R 742 3458 HP3458 4W Ohms Function 742 10 om011f eps Figure 3 4 High End Resistance Connections with Equation 5500A Service Manual 3 14 Capacitance Use the Fluke 6304C LCR Meter with PM9540 BAN output cable as shown in Figure 3 5 This
43. A5 1 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1057 DDE FR A5 3 25 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1058 DDE FR A5 10 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1059 DDE FR A5 33 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z1 1060 DDE FR A5 100 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z1 1061 DDE FR A5 325 kohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are IC U26 relay driver U2 and 71 1062 DDE FR A5 1 Mohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are U26 relay driver U2 and 71 1063 DDE FR A5 2W comp open ckt fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are protection FETs Q13 Q14 Q15 and Q16 R77 and power supply U33 1064 DDE FR A5 2W comp fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are Q1 Q2 U40 and U35 1065 DDE FR A7 Shunt amp fault 2 2A Suspects include Q33 U20 U24 U6 and Z5 on the A7 Assembly Also suspect is U31 on the A6 assembly 5500A Service Manual 1066 DDE FR A7 Shunt amp fault 3 3 mA Suspects include U6 and Z2 on the A7 assembly 1067 DDE FR A7 Shunt amp fault 33 mA Suspects include U6 and Z2 on th
44. Edge Output 80 V 10 kHz 100 V dc 1 6 6 39 5500A Service Manual 6 40 6 57 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment 5790A AC Measurement Standard BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter 500 feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Calibrator Mainframe output 50 kHz 50mv z5m 99mv i0 0mv 25 0mv 3a 0mv y zoomy y 990my i000mV 2500mv 399 0mv 08V 0 0 0 0 34V 122 55V 0 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 500 feedthrough termination then to the 5790 INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 29 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A s rms reading for each voltage listed in Table 6 29 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to convert it to the peak to peak value
45. Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column Table 6 29 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Tolerance 5790A Reading V rms 5790A Reading x 2 8284 V p p V p p value x correction 110 3 mV SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 500 impedance 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 30 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Setthe filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output as listed in Table 6 30 Press oPR on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the o
46. Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify ac voltage frequency 6 90 SC300 Option 6 Verification 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer IMQ impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 1 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 53 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 53 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 53 Table 6 53 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Reading Frequency Frequency Tolerance output 9 2 1 V p p 10 Hz 0 01525 Hz 100 Hz 0 0175 Hz 1 kHz 0 04 Hz 10 kHz 0 265 Hz 6 119 Edge Amplitude Verification For the Edge Amplitude verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 34584 input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 Q termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458 input 1 For measurements of a 1 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measur
47. bench techniques that are recommended The following practices should be followed to minimize damage to S S static sensitive devices LL 3 DISCHARGE PERSONAL STATIC BEFORE HANDLING DEVICES USE A HIGH RESIS 1 MINIMIZE HANDLING TANCE GROUNDING WRIST STRAP 2 KEEP PARTS IN ORIGINAL CONTAINERS UNTIL READY FOR USE 4 HANDLE S S DEVICES BY THE BODY 5 USE STATIC SHIELDING CONTAINERS FOR 8 WHEN REMOVING PLUG IN ASSEMBLIES HANDLING AND TRANSPORT HANDLE ONLY BY NON CONDUCTIVE EDGES AND NEVER TOUCH OPEN EDGE CONNECTOR EXCEPT AT STATIC FREE WORK STATION PLACING SHORTING STRIPS ON EDGE CONNECTOR HELPS PROTECT INSTALLED S S DEVICES 6 DO NOT SLIDE S S DEVICES OVER ANY SURFACE C 9 HANDLE S S DEVICES ONLY AT A STATIC FREE WORK STATION 10 ONLY ANTI STATIC TYPE SOLDER SUCKERS SHOULD BE USED 11 ONLY GROUNDED TIP SOLDERING IRONS SHOULD BE USED 7 AVOID PLASTIC VINYL AND STYROFOAM IN WORK AREA PORTIONS REPRINTED WITH PERMISSION FROM TEKTRONIX INC AND GERNER DYNAMICS POMONA DIV Dow Chemical 4 1 4 2 4 3 4 5 4 6 4 7 4 9 4 10 4 11 4 12 4 13 4 14 4 15 Chapter 4 Maintenance Access Procedures iie o ere ea ned Removing Analog Modules eee Removing the Main CPU 9 Removing Rear Panel Assemblies eese Removing the F
48. you select lines per page calibration interval type of report format and which serial port to use The three types of report are as follows e stored which is a comparison of the most recent calibration shifts to those from the previous calibration e active which is a comparison of the active calibration shifts to those from the most recent calibration These shifts are all zero unless you have just done a new calibration but not saved the constants yet e consts which is a listing of the active set of raw calibration constant values The following examples show the first few lines of calibration shifts and calibration constants reports in both printout and spreadsheet formats The 90 day specification is shown in these examples because a 90 day interval was selected in the REPORT SETUP menu 3 21 Calibration Shifts Report Printout Format FLUKE CORPORATION 5500A OUTPUT SHIFTS ACTIVE VS STORED 5500A S N 0 Report string Cal dates Active 0 Stored 0 Old 0 DC Voltage DCV RANGE AND VALUE OUTPUT SHIFT 90 DAY SPEC OF SPEC DC330MV 329 9999 mV 0 000 uV 0 00000 0 00591 0 0 DC330MV 329 9999 mV 0 000 uV 0 00000 0 00591 0 0 DC3_3V 3 299999 V 0 00000 mV 0 00000 0 00420 0 0 DC3 3V 3 299999 V 0 00000 mV 0 00000 0 00420 0 0 DC33V 32 99999 V 0 0000
49. 0 000 Power Uncertainty Adder due to Phase Error 10 to 65 Hz 0 00 0 02 0 05 0 07 0 10 0 12 0 15 0 18 0 22 0 26 0 31 0 37 0 45 0 56 0 72 0 98 1 49 2 99 65 to 500 Hz 500 to 1 kHz 0 01 0 06 0 15 0 29 0 43 0 58 0 74 0 92 1 33 1 58 1 88 2 26 2 73 3 38 4 33 5 87 8 92 17 97 1 to 5 kHz 0 55 To calculate exact ac watts power adders due to phase uncertainty for values not shown use the following formula Adder 100 1 Adder 100 1 Cos 23 15 Cos 23 Cos For example for Cos a PF of 9205 23 and a phase uncertainty of 0 15 the ac watts power adder is 011 Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 17 Calculating Power Uncertainty Overall uncertainty for power output in watts or VARs is based on the root sum square rss of the individual uncertainties in percent for the selected voltage current and power factor parameters Watts uncertainty U power U dt U pradder 5 2 2 2 VARs uncertainty Uvars JU voltage U current U VARsadder Because there are an infinite number of combinations you should calculate the actual ac power uncertainty for your selected parameters The method of calculation is best shown in the following examples using 90 day specifications Example 1 Output 100 V 1 A 6
50. 0 to 3 299999 V 10 uV 50 uV 0 to 32 99999 V 100 uV 600 uV 30 to 329 9999 V 10 ppm 1 mV 20 mV 100 to 1020 000 V 10 ppm 5 mV 20 mV Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 1 0 to 329 999 mV 5 UV 20 uV 0 33 to 3 3 V 20 uV 200 uV 1 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided 1 5500A Service Manual 1 6 DC Current Specifications Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Compliance Maximum Ranges of output pA Resolution Voltage Inductive 90 days 1 year Load 0 to 3 29999 mA 0 010 0 05 uA 0 013 0 05 uA 0 01 LA 4 5V 1 uH 0 to 32 9999 mA 0 008 0 25 0 01 0 25 0 1 4 5 200 uH 0 to 329 999 mA 0 008 3 3 0 01 3 3 1 4 5 to 3 0 V 1 200 uH 0102 19999A 0 023 44 0 03 44 10 4 5 to 3 4 V 2 200 uH 0to 11A 0 038 330 0 06 330 100 4 5 to 2 5 V 3 200 uH 5725A Amplifier 0t0 11A 0 03 330 0 04 330 100 4V 400 uH 1 The actual voltage compliance V is a function of current output 1 and is given by the formula V 5 05 1 4 67 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 4 5 V 2 The actual voltage compliance V is a function of current output 1 and is given by the formula V 0 588 1 4 69 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 4 5 V 0 0 204 4 75 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 4 3 V 3 The actual voltage compliance is a function of current outp
51. 17 shows the test point Table 3 17 Resistance DC Offset Measurement Test Range Nominal Value Measured Value V NORMAL Deviation 8 Hour Spec 100 Q 0 000 mV 0 010 mV Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 32 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL The AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of ac voltage at the 5500A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals Table 3 18 shows the test points Table 3 18 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test NORMAL Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 96 90 Day Spec V NORMAL 30 mV 9 5 Hz 5 550 30 mV 10Hz 0 327 30 mV 45 Hz 0 177 30 mV 1 kHz 0 177 30 mV 10 kHz 0 177 30 mV 20 kHz 0 217 30 mV 50 kHz 0 257 30 mV 100 kHz 0 370 30 mV 450 kHz 0 950 300 mV 9 5 Hz 5 550 300 mV 10Hz 0 207 300 mV 45 Hz 0 047 300 mV 1 kHz 0 047 300 mV 10 kHz 0 047 300 mV 20 kHz 0 087 300 mV 50 kHz 0 133 300 mV 100 kHz 0 227 300 mV 500 kHz 0 640 3V 9 5 Hz 5 550 10 2 0 118 3V 45 Hz 0 022 3V 1 kHz 0 022 3V 10 kHz 0 022 3V 20 kHz 0 062 3V 50 kHz 0 110 3V 100 kHz 0 227 3V 450 kHz 0 490 3 25 5500A Service Manual
52. 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 5790A Reading x Conversion Factor V p p Tolerance V p p 0 000154 V 0 000457 V 0 00075 V 0 00076 V 0 00178 V 0 002797 V 0 0028 V 0 00475 V 0 00667 V 0 0067 V 0 0169 V 0 02707 V 0 0271 V 0 1126 V 0 1978 V 0 1981 V 0 9241 V 1 6501 V 0 000154 V 0 000757 V 0 002797 V 0 00667 V 0 02707 V 0 1978 V 1 6501 V 0 000154 V 0 000757 V 0 002797 V 0 00667 V 0 02707 V 0 1978 V 1 6501 V Table 6 42 Wave Generator Verification at 50 SC600 Option Verification Mainframe Wave Type square square square square square sine sine sine sine sine sine sine triangle triangle square square square square square square square square square square square square square triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle Calibrator Calibrator 5790A Mainframe Reading output 10 kHz 1 8 mV 6 4 mV 10 9 mV 11 0 mV 28 0 mV 44 9 mV 45 mV 78 mV 109 mV 110 mV 280 mV 449 mV 450 mV 780 mV 1 09 V 1 10 V 1 80 V 2 50V 1 8 mV 10 9 mV 44 9 mV 109 mV 449 mV 1 09 V 2 50V 1 8 mV 10 9 mV 44 9 mV 109 mV 449 mV 1 09 V 2 50V V rms Conversion Factor 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0
53. 2 5 ppm of setting Typical Jitter edge to trigger 5 ps p p Leading Edge Aberrations 2 within 2 ns from 5096 of rising edge lt 396 of output 2 mV 2105 ns lt 2 of output 2 mV 5 to 15 ns lt 196 of output 2 mV after 15 ns 0 5926 of output 2 mV Typical Duty Cycle 45 to 55 Tunnel Diode Pulse Drive Square wave at 100 Hz to 100 kHz with variable amplitude of 60 V to 100 V p p 1 Above 2 MHz rise time specification 350 ps 2 All edge aberration measurements made with Tektronix 11801 mainframe with SD26 input module 6 6 7 5500A Service Manual 6 8 6 6 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Characteristics into 500 Table 6 3 Leveled Sine Wave Specifications 50 kHz reference 50 kHz to 100 MHz Frequency Range Amplitude Characteristics for measuring oscilloscope bandwidth 100 MHz to 300 MHz 300 MHz to 600 MHz Range p p 5 mV to 5 5 V Resolution 100 mV 3 digits 2 100 mV 4 digits Adjustment Range continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute t 2 of 3 5 of 4 of output 6 of output Uncertainty output output 300 uV 300 uV tcal 5 300 uV 300 uV Flatness relative to not applicable 1 5 of 2 of output 4 of output 50 kHz output 100 uV 100 uV 100 uV Short Term Amplitude lt 1 1 Stabili
54. 400 MHz E 33 dB 400 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 600 MHz 2 33 dB 600 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 6 6 43 5500A Service Manual 6 60 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is determined directly in the low frequency band The high frequency band requires a transfer measurement be made at 10 MHz to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz 6 61 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input with the BNC f to Type N m adapter as shown in Figure 6 10 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on OOO 00n BE OOO ME OOO om034f eps Figure 6 10 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 62 Equipment Setup for
55. 495E 05 V 109 9 mV 9 495E 05 V 110 mV 0 000095 V 110 mV 0 000095 V 305 mV 0 0001925 V 305 mV 0 0001925 V 499 mV 0 0002895 V 499 mV 0 0002895 V 0 50 V 0 00029 V 0 50 V 0 00029 V 1 35V 0 000715 V 1 35 V 0 000715 V 2 19 V 0 001135 V 2 19 V 0 001135 V 2 20 V 0 00114 V 2 20 V 0 00114 V 6 60 V 0 00334 V 6 60 V 0 00334 V 10 99 V 0 005535 V 10 99 V 0 005535 V 11 0 V 0 00554 V 11 0V 0 00554 V 70 5 V 0 03529 V 70 5 V 0 03529 V 130 0 V 0 06504 V 130 0 V 0 06504 V Table 6 20 DC Voltage Verification at 500 SC600 Option Verification 6 6 47 6 48 Calibrator Mainframe HP 3458A Rdg V DC Reading x correction Tolerance V DC output 0 mV 0 00004 V 2 49 mV 4 623E 05 V 2 49 mV 4 623E 05 V 9 90 mV 6 475E 05 V 9 90 mV 6 475E 05 V 24 9 mV 0 0001023 V 24 9 mV 0 0001023 V 109 9 mV 0 0003148 V 109 9 mV 0 0003148 V 499 mV 0 0012875 V 499 mV 0 0012875 V 2 19 V 0 005515 V 2 19 V 0 005515 V 6 599 V 0 0165375 V 6 599 V 0 0165375 V AC Voltage Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 500 feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e BNC cable to connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT to the HP 3458A Ext Trig For AC voltage amplitude verification refer to Figure 6 2 for
56. 5500A Service Manual 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly LAST sese 2 4 DDS Assembly e aei tinent ont eden a iis 2 5 Current Assembly LATH sese 2 6 Voltage Assembly AB ce etti eu eerte DR ru cet bna de edu 2 1 Main CPU Assembly A9 sss eene 2 8 Power SUPPLIES reete ote 2 9 Outguard 2 10 Inguard Supplies 222 rrt 3 Calibration and Verification 3 1 Introduction 3 2 Calibration wei 3 3 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 3 4 starting Calibration e tree eL eee 3 5 How the Calibration Procedure Works eese 3 6 Volt m 3 7 AC MOMS C 3 8 Thermocouple Measuring eese 3 0 Ep 3 10 ie eret ehe RU EHS 3 11 AUX DC VOLS PP 3 12 AUX Volts sti vielen ehh aie din eee 3 13 INSPICERE 3 14 EL 3 15 Capacitance Four Wire ee eee eee 3 16 E 3 17 NORMAL Volts and AUX Volts 3 18 Volts and AUX Current Phase sss sese eee 3 19 Remote Commands for 5500A Calibration
57. 6 136 SC300 Hardware Adjustments Note Tolerance V p p 250 00 uV 430 00 uV 1 450 mV 3 370 mV 13 570 mV 32 500 mV 66 100 mV 250 00 uV 430 00 uV 1 450 mV 3 370 mV 13 570 mV 32 500 mV 66 100 mV 250 00 uV 430 00 uV 1 450 mV 3 370 mV 13 570 mV 32 500 mV 66 100 mV Before beginning SC300 hardware adjustments it must determined which revision of the option is installed in the instrument To do this remove the top cover of the calibrator and look at the circuit board tab protruding through the guard cover that is closest to the right front corner of the calibrator If this tab is marked A4 proceed to the SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board section of this manual Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the 5 300 is repaired In addition to the adjustment procedures this section provides lists of the required equipment and some recommendations on models that have the capabilities required by these procedures Equivalent models can be substituted if necessary 6 111 5500A Service Manual 6 112 6 137 6 138 6 139 6 140 Equipment Required The following equipment is necessary for performing the hardware adjustments described in this section The models listed are recommended for providing accurate results e Standard adjustment tool for adjusting the pots and trimmer caps e Extender Card pn 661865 5800A 7006K Extender Kit e Osci
58. Block Diagram om053f eps SC300 Option Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 6 99 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification Table 6 47 lists the equipment recommended models and minimum specifications required for each calibration and verification procedure Table 6 47 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Wave Generator Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Voltage 1 8 mV to 105 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 used with Edge Amplitude Calibration and AC Voltage Verification BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification High Tektronix 11801 with Frequency 2 GHz Frequency Tektronix SD 22 26 Digital Storage sampling head or Oscilloscope Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA 10 dB 3 5 mm m f or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter BNC f to 3 5 mm m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 50 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1
59. Current Calibration Steps Step 5500A Output Shunt Value AUX 1 3 mA 742A 100 Q 30 mA 742A 10 Q 300 mA 742 1 2 Y5020 0 01 Q Qn l oOo Pp 10A Y5020 0 01 Q 3 7 5500A Service Manual 3 10 AC Current Use a Fluke 5790A or equivalent with the appropriate precision shunts and adapter to measure the 5500A output Refer to the 5790A Operator Manual for operating instructions and connections Enter into the 5500A each of the measured values listed in Table 3 5 when prompted to do so Table 3 5 AC Current Calibration Steps Step 5500A Output Frequency Shunt Value AUX 1 3 2999 mA 100 Hz 40 10 2 0 330 mA 100 Hz 1 Metal Film 3 3 mA 5 kHz A40 10mA 4 3 mA 10 kHz A40 10mA 5 300 uA 100 Hz 1 Metal Film 6 300 uA 5 kHz 1 Metal Film 7 300 uA 10 kHz 1 Metal Film 8 30 mA 100 Hz 40 30 9 30 mA 5 kHz A40 30mA 10 30 mA 10 kHz A40 30mA 11 300 mA 100 Hz A40 300mA 12 300 mA 5 kHz A40 300mA 13 300 mA 10 kHz A40 300mA 14 2A 100 Hz 40 15 2 1000 Hz 40 16 2 5 kHz 40 17 10 100 Hz Y5020 0 01 Q 18 10A 500 Hz Y5020 0 01 Q 19 10A 1000 Hz Y5020 0 01 Q 3 11 AUX DC Volts Measure the AUX output using a precision DMM Enter into the 5500A the measured values of each step listed in Table 3 6 when prompted to do so Table 3 6 AUX
60. DC1000V 1000 000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000 DC1000V 100 000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000 DC1000V 100 000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000 DC1000V 1000 000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000 DC330MV 5 329 999 mV 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00136 DC330MV 5 329 999 mV 0 00 2 0 400 0 00000 0 00136 DC3_3V_S 3 30000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00041 DC3 S 3 30000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00041 continued 3 23 Calibration Constant Report Printout Format FLUKE CORPORATION 5500A CALIBRATION CONSTANT VALUES 5500A S N 0 NAME ACTIVE STORED OLD DEFAULT SL40MV F8 1 2800001E 01 1 2800001 01 1 2800001 01 1 2800001 01 SLA40MV F9 1 5000001 01 1 5000001E 01 1 5000001 01 1 5000001 01 SLA40MV 2 0000000 01 2 0000000 01 2 0000000 01 2 0000000 01 SLA40MV 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 2 5000000 01 SLA40MV 3 0000001 01 3 0000001E 01 3 0000001 01 3 0000001 01 SL100MV 1 4230000 01 1 4230000E 01 1 4230000E 01 1 4230000E 01 SL100MV F1 0 0000000 00 0 0000000 00 0 0000000 00 0 0000000 400 SL100MV F2 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 6 5000001 03 SL100MV 1 6000001 02 1 6000001 02 1 6000001 02 1 6000001 02 SL100MV 4 3 7999999 02 3 7999999 02 3 7999999 02 3 7999999 02 SL100MV F5 4 7 5000003E 02 7 5000003E 02 7 5000003
61. E as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry SC300 Option 6 Verification Table 6 65 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 70 mV Calibrator Mainframe B Freq MHz A 10 MHz Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Spec 1 50 100 1 50 100 pV 1 50 100 pV 2 00 100 uV 2 00 100 uV Complete Columns A E as follows 200 t 2 00 100 uV 220 2 00 100 uV 235 2 00 100 uV 250 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry Calibrator Mainframe B Freq MHz A 10 MHz Table 6 66 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 250 mV Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Spec 1 50 100 uV 1 50 100 pV
62. Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 7 for the proper setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point of the edge signal use this point as the reference level Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display Adjusting the Edge Aberrations Refer to Figure 6 17 while making the following adjustments 1 Adjust 90 13 to set the edge signal at the right edge of oscilloscope display at 10 ns to the reference level set above 2 Adjust A90R36 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the next highest aberration 3 Adjust A90R35 so that the second and third overshoot aberrations are the same amplitude as the first aberration 4 Adjust 90 12 to set the edge signal occurring between 2 ns and 10 ns to the reference level set above 5 Readjust A90R36 and A90R35 to obtain equal amplitudes for the first second and third aberrations 6 Adjust 90 13 to set the edge signal occurring between 0 ns and 2 ns to the reference point set above Center any aberrations so the peaks are equal above and below the reference level 7 Readjust A90R12 if necessary to keep the edge signal occurring between 2 ns and 10 ns at the reference
63. GB GB WW OJ GJ GW WW W WW 55 WH W OJ W LW O2 3 21 3 22 3 23 3 24 3 25 Chapter 3 Calibration and Verification Calibration Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification starting Calibration eee eene eese rape dena How the Calibration Procedure Works eee 8 PSV OMS EE Thermocouple Measuring esee DG Curtent eret eere ee AUX DC AEE ee doce Ds AUX AC Volts aiia tent i RESISTANCE seee Te e Capacitance Four Wire PREQUEDICY P NORMAL Volts and AUX Volts Volts and AUX Current Phase sss sese eee Remote Commands for 5500A Calibration ee ee eee Generating a Calibration Report esee Calibration Shifts Report Printout Format sess Calibration Shifts Report Spreadsheet Calibration Constant Report Printout Format Calibration Constants Report Spreadsheet Format Performance Verification Tests
64. HP 3458A s integration and sample time it can be used to make accurate repeatable measurements of both the topline and baseline of the square wave signals up to 10 kHz The HP 34584 is triggered by a change in input level The trigger level is set to 1 of the DCV range with ac coupling of the trigger signal The delay after the trigger event is also changed for the of AC Voltage Square Wave and Edge functions See Table 6 48 and Figure 6 19 Table 6 48 AC Square Wave Voltage and Edge Settings for the HP3458A Voltage HP 3458A Settings Input Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 10Hz 1 025 07 100 Hz 4 002 s 007 s 1 kHz 01 0002 s 0007 s 5 kHz 002 00004 s 00014 s 10 kHz 001 00002 s 00007 s 6 78 Note For this application if making measurements of a signal 1 kHz the HP 3458A has been known to have 05 to 1 peaking in the 100 mV range For these signals lock the HP 3458A to the 1 V range SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions HP 3458A SC300 Cable 5500A SC300 f FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR 50 Q Feedthrough Termination NORMAL AUX gcore V Q A Q SENSE RTD AUS VY BNC F to Double Banana Adapter E 20V PK 6 104 om062f eps Figure 6 19 Equipment Setup for SC300 Square Wave Measurements For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual rangin
65. High Frequency Flatness All high frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e Hewlett Packard E4418A Power Meter e Hewlett Packard 8482A and 8481D Power Sensors e BNC f to Type N f adapter e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Note When high frequencies at voltages below 63 mV p p are verified use the 8481 Power Sensor Otherwise use the 8482A Power Sensor 6 44 SC600 Option 6 Verification Connect the HP E4418A Power Meter to either the 8482A or the 8481D Power Sensor as shown in Figure 6 11 For more information on connecting the two instruments see the power meter and power sensor operators manuals Connect the power meter power sensor combination to the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe as shown in Figure 6 12 The Hewlett Packard E4418A Power Meter must be configured by setting the parameters listed below Zero and self calibrate the power meter with the power sensor being used Refer to the Hewlett Packard E4418A operators manual for details PRESET RESOLN 3 AUTO FILTER WATTS SENSOR TABLE 0 default om0365f eps Figure 6 11 Connecting the HP E4418A Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor D DDD 00 0
66. ICs associated with ac voltage that could be suspect These include U5 U55 U61 U62 U13 U4 U35 U32 U49 U25 U96 U40 U20 U39 U84 and U3 1011 DDE FR A6 33 mV divider fault Suspects on the A6 assembly are resistor network Z8 and relay K7 1012 DDE FR A6 330 mV DC fault Suspects on the A6 assembly are resistor network Z8 and relay K7 1013 DDE FR A6 3 3V DC fault Suspect ICs on the A6 assembly U21 057 U15 U60 U87 U48 and U42 These ICs are tested in previous test near 0 V This test exposes failures at full scale positive 1014 DDE FR A6 3 3V DC fault Suspect ICs the A6 assembly are U21 U57 U15 U60 U87 U48 U42 These ICs are tested in previous test near 0 V This test exposes failures at full scale negative 1015 DDE FR A8 33V DC fault Suspect components on the A8 assembly include U1 Q1 through Q4 Q6 Q16 Q17 R10 R13 and R17 through R19 1016 DDE FR A6 33 mV AC fault Suspects include U41 U57 U21 and Z8 on the A6 assembly 1017 DDE FR A6 330 mV AC fault Suspects include U41 U57 U21 and Z8 on the A6 assembly 1018 DDE FR A6 3 3V AC fault Assuming the ACV LOOP test passes suspect ICs include U41 U57 U21 and U87 1019 DDE FR A8 33V AC fault Suspect components on the A8 assembly include U1 Q1 through Q4 Q6 Q16 Q17 R10 R13 and R17 through R19 1020 DDE FR A6 vloop error amp fault The primary suspect IC is U60 Other possible suspects
67. LCR Meter Fluke PM6304C with PM9540 BAN Capacitance test lead set Counter Timer Fluke PM6666 Frequency AC Measurement Standard Fluke 5790A ACV and ACI w shunts Shunt Fluke Y5020 10 A dc Resistance Standard Fluke 742A 1 300 mA dc Resistance Standard Fluke 7424 10 30 mA dc Resistance Standard Fluke 742 100 3 mA dc Resistance Standard Fluke 742A 10M Resistance at 320 MO Current Shunt Adapter Fluke 7924 7004 Assures compatibility w A40 shunts AC Shunts Fluke A40 10 mA 30 mA 300 mA ACI 3 A and A40A 10 Interconnect cable for A40A Fluke A45 4004 Cable adapter for A40A Precision metal film 1 1 100 ppm C or better resistors Current shunt for 330 pA Determine value w the DMM 3 4 Starting Calibration From the front panel you start calibration by pressing the key followed by the CAL softkey twice then 5500A CAL The CALIBRATION SWITCH on the 5500A rear panel can be in either position when you begin calibration It must be set for ENABLE to store the correction factors into nonvolatile memory 3 5 How the Calibration Procedure Works The calibration procedure is self prompting with a chance to ABORT and DISCARD any changes after each function is calibrated After you press the 5500A CAL softkey the procedure works as follows 1 The 5500A automatically programs the outputs listed in the following tables and prompts you to make exter
68. Marker menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to for each period listed in Table 6 69 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to the output as listed in Table 6 69 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 69 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Set the filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed for the Calibrator Mainframe 4 Invert the PM 6680 s frequency reading to derive the period For example a reading of 1 000006345 kHz has a period of 1 1 000006345 kHz 0 999993655 ms Record the period in the table and compare to the tolerance column 6 107 5500A Service Manual 6 108 Table 6 69 Time Marker Verification Calibrator PM 6680Settings 1 Mainframe Channel snas exc deed Tolerance Period 4979s A On 24 91E 3s 20005 A On 4 06E 3s 50 0ms Off 3 75E 6s 20 0ms A Off 900E 09 s 10 0 ms Off 350 09 s 50 0us A Off 1 29E 9s 20 0us A Off 506E 12s 10 0ps A Off 251 5E 12s 1 0 us Off 25 0E 12s 50 0ns A Off 1 25E 12s 20 0ns A Off 500E 15s 100ns A Off 250 158 5 00ns A Off 125E 15s 200ns
69. Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of output of range 2 Output Range 5 0 0 5 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 25 0 25 0 5 5 0 0 5 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 5 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 1 0 2 0 0 5 5 0 1 0 5 0 0 5 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 25 0 25 0 5 5 0 0 5 0 25 0 5 0 25 0 5 5 0 1 0 5 0 1 0 0 5 0 5 5 0 1 0 2 0 0 5 5 0 1 0 Maximum Current Resolution Two digits e g 75 mA Six digits on each range Two digits Six digits on each range Two digits Six digits on each range Two digits on each range Six digits on each range Two digits e g 50 mA Six digits on each range Two digits Six digits on each range Two digits Six digits on each range Two digits on each range Six digits on each range Introduction and Specifications Additional Specifications 1 28 AC Current Squarewave Characteristics typical Range Risetime Settling Time Overshoot 1 lt 4 4 A 400 Hz 25 us 40 us to 196 of final value lt 10 for loads 100 p AC Current Trianglewave typical Linearity to 400 Hz Aberrations 0 396 of p p value from 10 to 90 point lt 1 of p p value with amplitude gt 50 of range 1 5500A Service Manual 1 32 2 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 2 6 2 7 2 8 2 9 2 10 Chapter 2 Theory of Operation Hcr Encoder Assembly
70. V 0 to 50 V 55V 0 1 33 mV Trianglewaves and Truncated Sinewaves 9 3 to 92 999 mV p p 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 1 93 uV 93 to 929 999 mV p p 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 930 0 93 to 9 29999 V p p 0to05V 8V 0 1 9300 9 3 to 92 9999 V p p 0 to 50V 55V 0 1 93 mV Squarewaves 6 6 to 65 999 mV p p 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 1 66 uV 66 to 659 999 mV p p 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 660 0 66 to 6 59999 V p p 0t05V 8V 0 1 6600 6 6 to 65 9999 V p p 0 to 50V 55V 0 1 66 mV 1 Offsets are not allowed on ranges above the highest range shown above 2 The maximum offset value is determined by the difference between the peak value of the selected voltage output and the allowable maximum peak signal For example a 10 V p p squarewave output has a peak value of 5 V allowing a maximum offset up to 50 V to not exceed the 55 V maximum peak signal The maximum offset values shown above are for the minimum outputs in each range 3 For frequencies 0 01 to 10 Hz and 500 kHz to 2 MHz the offset uncertainty is 5 of output 1 of the offset range Introduction and Specifications Additional Specifications 1 24 AC Voltage Squarewave Characteristics Risetime 1 kHz Typical 1 us Settling Time 9 1 kHz Typical 10 us to 196 of final value Overshoot 1 kHz Typical 296 Duty Cycle Range Duty Cycle Uncertainty 1 1 to 99 lt 3 3 V p p 0 01 Hz to 100 kHz 0 8 of period
71. Wave Generator Characteristics Amplitude Range Square Wave Sine Wave and Triangle Wave into 500 or 1 MO into 1 MO 1 8 mV to 55 V p p into 50 1 8 mV to 2 5 V p p 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 10 Hz to 10 kHz 3 of p p output 100 uV Sequence Typical DC Offset Range 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV 0 to 24096 of p p amplitude 1 Frequency Range 10 Hz to 100 kHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 1 The DC offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 25 ppm 15 mHz 6 6 9 5500A Service Manual 6 9 Pulse Generator Specifications Table 6 6 Pulse Generator Specifications Pulse Generator Characteristics Positive pulse into 500 Typical rise fall times 1 5 ns Available Amplitudes 2 5 V 1 V 250 mV 100 mV 25 mV 10 mV Pulse Width Range 4 ns to 500 ns 1 Uncertainty 2 5 2 ns Pulse Period Range 20 ms to 200 ns 50 Hz to 5 MHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency and width 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty at Cardinal 2 5 ppm Points tcal 5 C 1 Pulse width not to exceed 40 of period 2 Pulse width uncertainties for periods below 2 us are not specified 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Table 6 7 Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Time Marker Period 20 ms to 150
72. a short circuit to 330 MQ Capacitance values from 330 pF to 1100 uF e Simulated output for three types of Resistance Temperature Detectors RTDs e Simulated output for nine types of thermocouples Features of the 5500A Calibrator include the following e Automatic meter error calculation using a simple output adjust knob e Keys that multiply and divide the output value by 10 to simplify work on meters with calibration points at decade multiples Programmable entry limits to restrict levels that may be keyed into the 5500A to prevent calling up a level that may be harmful to equipment or personnel e Simultaneous output of voltage and current up to 11 kW e Simultaneous output of two voltages e Extended bandwidth mode outputs multiple waveforms down to 0 01 Hz and sine waves to 2 MHz e Variable phase signal output e Standard IEEE 488 GPIB interface complying with ANSI IEEE Standards 488 1 1987 and 488 2 1987 FIA Standard RS 232 C serial data interface for printing displaying or transferring internally stored calibration constants and for remote control of the 5500A Pass through RS 232 C serial data interface for communicating with the Unit Under Test UUT e Extensive automatic internal self testing and diagnostics of analog and digital functions 5500A Service Manual 1 4 OO 1 2 om001f eps Figure 1 1 5500A Multi Product Calibrat
73. a warning message to be displayed All equipment specified for SC300 calibration must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin calibration you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them 6 77 5500A Service Manual The Calibrator Mainframe first prompts the user to calibrate the DC Voltage function If another function is to be calibrated alternately press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the desired function is reached 6 101 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 102 6 103 The AC Voltage and Edge functions have square wave voltages that need to be calibrated and verified The HP3458A digital multimeter can be programmed from either the front panel or over the remote interface to make these measurements Overview of HP3458A Operation The Hewlett Packard 3458A digital multimeter is setup as a digitizer to measure the peak to peak value of the signal It is set to using various analog to digital integration times and triggering commands to measure the topline and baseline of the square wave signal Setup for Square Wave Measurements By controlling the
74. and verification The Calibrator Mainframe must be fully calibrated prior to performing any of the SC600 calibration procedures The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments performed in the factory however adjustment may be required after repair Hardware adjustments must be performed prior to calibration Calibration must be performed after any hardware adjustments See Hardware Adjustments in this chapter The AC Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is required after the DC Voltage is calibrated 6 5500A Service Manual The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC600 must be enabled for at least 5 minutes prior to calibration to allow internal components to thermally stabilize The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes The SC600 is enabled by pressing the front panel SCOPE key The green indicator on the SCOPE key will be illuminated when the SC600 is enabled Much of the SC600 can be calibrated interactively from the front panel Enable the SC600 and wait at least 5 minutes Enter Scope Cal mode by pressing the front panel SETUP key CAL blue softkey second CAL blue softkey and SCOPE CAL blue softkey Entering Scope Cal mode prior to having the SC600 enabled for at least 5 minutes will cause a warning message to be displayed
75. cable eliminates the need for a four wire connection Using the PM6304C LCR meter HI LEVEL is 2 V and NORMAL LEVEL is 1 V The 5500A is automatically set to COMP off Enter into the 5500A the measured values of each step listed in Table 3 9 when prompted to do so Note Make sure there are no other connections to the 5500A especially the SCOPE BNC Connecting any additional grounds to the 5500A can cause erroneous capacitance outputs PM6304C om012f eps Figure 3 5 LCR Meter Connections Calibration and Verification Table 3 9 Capacitance Calibration Steps Calibration Step 5500A Output NORMAL Recommended Stimulus 1 330 pF 2 V rms at 1 kHz 2 499 pF 3 0 5 nF 4 1 00 nF 5 1 10 nF 6 3 2 nF 7 3 5 nF 8 10 nF 9 11 nF 10 32 nF 11 35 nF 12 100 nF 13 110 nF 14 320 nF 1 V rms at 1 kHz 15 0 35 uF 1 V rms at 100 Hz 16 1 uF 17 1 1 uF 18 3 2 uF 19 3 5 uF 20 10 uF 21 11 uF 22 32 uF 23 35 uF 24 100 uF 25 110 uF 26 320 uF 27 350 uF 1 Vrms at 50 Hz 28 600 uF 3 3 13 5500A Service Manual 3 15 Capacitance Four Wire Comp This step measures the internal capacitance between the 5500A AUX HI and NORMAL LO terminals to give the best COMP four wire operation in Capacitance Refer to Figure 3 6 Connect the LCR meter INPUT SEN
76. dimensional outline for the 5500A Calibrator is shown in Figure 1 2 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 43 2 cm 17 in NORMAL AUX SCOPE VD A NSENSE are gt 8 OO EJ E E Oo 500 OOO We HOO OCS e 07 0 em 18 5 in 6 4 cm 2 5 in For Cable Access om002f ewps Figure 1 2 5500A Calibrator Dimensional Outline 1 1 5 5500A Service Manual 1 6 1 4 General Specifications Warmup Time Twice the time since last warmed up to a maximum of 30 minutes Settling Time Less than 5 seconds for all functions and ranges except as noted Standard Interfaces IEEE 488 GPIB RS 232 5725A Amplifier Temperature Performance Operating 0 C to 50 C e Calibration tcal 15 C to 35 C Storage 20 to 70 C Temperature Coefficient Temperature Coefficient for temperatures outside tcal 5 C is 0 1X C of the 90 day specification or 1 year as applicable per C Relative Humidity 1 Operating lt 80 to 30 C 7096 to 40 C lt 40 to 50 C e Storage lt 95 non condensing Altitude Operating 3 050 m 10 000 ft maximum Non operating 12 200 m 40 000 ft maximum Safety Complies wit
77. include U15 and U48 all on the A6 assembly 1021 DDE FR A6 3 3V amp fault The primary suspect IC is U42 Another suspect is U48 both on the A6 assembly 1022 DDE FR A6 polarity inverter fault The primary suspect IC is U87 on the A6 assembly 4 8 Maintenance 4 Diagnostic Testing 1023 DDE FR A6 3 3V sense buffer fault Suspect ICs are U21 U57 and U26 on the A6 assembly If one of these Ics is bad it will cause faults on the other 6 sense buffer tests as well Other suspects on the A6 assembly include relay K3 and resistor network Z5 1024 DDE FR A6 33V sense buffer fault Assuming the 6 sense buffer 3 3 V test passed suspects are relay K2 and resistor network Z5 1025 DDE FR A6 330V sense buffer fault Assuming previous sense buffer tests passed suspects are relay and resistor network Z5 1026 DDE FR A6 1000V sense buffer fault Assuming previous sense buffer tests passed the suspect IC is U60 1027 DDE FR A6 trim DAC 0 3 3V fault Suspects include U17 U4 U25 U42 R3 R45 R51 R50 R22 and C133 on the A6 assembly 1028 DDE FR A6 trim DAC 0 33V fault Suspects include U17 U4 U25 U42 R3 R45 R51 R50 R22 and C133 on the A6 assembly 1029 DDE FR A6 trim DAC 1 fault Suspects include U18 U34 R131 R142 R143 and C126 on the A6 assembly 1030 DDE FR A8 33V DC offset fault The primary suspect IC is U1 on the A8 assembly 1031 DDE FR A8 330V AC
78. kHz 0 25 Hz 100 kHz 2 50 Hz 1 MHz 25 0 Hz 6 92 SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 121 6 122 Edge Duty Cycle Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge duty cycle 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize Compare the duty cycle reading to 50 596 Edge Rise Time Verification This procedure tests the edge function s rise time Aberrations are also checked with the Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope and SD 22 26 sampling head The following equipment is used to verify the edge rise time High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 e second BNC cable Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC300 to the Calibrator Mainfra
79. level 8 Readjust A90R13 if necessary to keep the edge signal occurring between 0 ns and 2 ns at the reference level 9 Setthe UUT output to 250 mV and the oscilloscope vertical to 2 mV div Check the aberrations 10 Connect the 10 dB attenuator to the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the attenuator and program the UUT output to 2 5 V 6 63 5500A Service Manual 11 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Check the aberrations 12 Check for rise time 300 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration R36 R12 R13 R35 om050f eps Figure 6 17 Adjusting Edge Aberrations 6 64 6 97 6 99 6 100 6 101 6 102 6 103 6 104 6 105 6 106 6 107 6 108 6 109 6 110 6 111 6 112 6 113 6 114 6 115 6 116 6 117 Chapter 6 SC300 Option IMO MUCH OM C Matntem ane m SC300 Specifications ioo tete en Voltage Function Specifications Edge Function Specifications esee Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications esses Time Marker Function Specifications esee Wave Generator Specifications eese Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function Theory of e De Bee e t eet Voltage
80. load regulation and the traceability of the external standards used for calibration You do not need to add anything to determine the total specification of the 5500A for the temperature range indicated Specification Confidence Interval 99 1 After long periods of storage at high humidity a drying out period with the power on of at least one week may be required Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 5 DC Voltage Specifications Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Stability Maximum Ranges of output uV 24 hours 1 C Reso Burden ppm output uV lution 1 0 to 329 9999 mV 0 005 0 006 3 uV 5 ppm 1 uV 0 1 uV 500 0 to 3 299999 V 0 004 5 0 005 5 4 3 1 10 mA 0 to 32 99999 V 0 004 50 0 005 50 4 4 30 10 10 mA 30 to 329 9999 V 0 0045 50 500 0 0055 500 4 5 300 100 5 mA 100 to 1020 000 V 0 0045 1500 0 0055 1500 4 5 900 1000 5mA Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 2 0 to 329 999 mV 0 03 350 30 100 1 5mA 0 33 to 3 3 V 0 03 350 30 100 10 5 mA 1 Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs gt 0 33 V The AUX output has an output resistance of lt 10 2 Two channels of dc voltage output are provided Noise Bandwidth 0 1 to 10 Hz p p Ranges ppm output uV Bandwidth 10 to 10 kHz rms 0 to 329 9999 mV 1uV 4 uV
81. ns ommnono 00 21V 2 ns 6 11 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into 500 Typical Rise Time Table 6 8 Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Pulse Period Division Ratio 1 Amplitude into 50 Q Typical Rise Time 5 s to 750 ns off 1 21V 2 ns 34 9 ms to off 10 21V 2 ns 7 5 ns 34 9 ms to 2 ns off 100 21V 2 ns SC600 Option SC600 Specifications 6 12 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Table 6 9 Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Edge Signal Division Typical Amplitude Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time Frequency Ratio into 500 1 kHz to 10 MHz off 1 21V lt 2ns 40 ns 6 13 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Table 6 10 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Edge Signal Division Typical Amplitude Typical Rise Time Typical Lead Time Frequency Ratio into 500 p p 10 Hz to 10 kHz off 1 21V lt 2ns 1 us 6 14 Trigger Signal Specifications Table 6 11 TV Trigger Signal Specifications Trigger Signal Type Parameters Field Formats Selectable NTSC SECAM PAL PAL M Polarity Selectable inverted or uninverted video Amplitude into 50Q p p Adjustable 0 to 1 5 V p p into 50 ohm load 7 accuracy Line Marker Selectable Line Video Marker 6 15 Oscilloscope
82. of the correct part include the following information when you place an order e Fluke stock number Description as given under the Description heading e Quantity e Reference designator e Part number and revision level of the pca containing the part e Instrument model and serial number How to Contact Fluke To contact Fluke call one of the following telephone numbers USA 1 888 99 FLUKE 1 888 993 5853 Canada 1 800 36 FLUKE 1 800 363 5853 Europe 31 402 675 200 Japan 81 3 3434 0181 Singapore 65 738 5655 Anywhere in the world 1 425 446 5500 Or visit Fluke s Web site at www fluke com 5 3 5500A Service Manual 5 4 at K Note This instrument may contain a Nickel Cadmium battery Do not mix with the solid waste stream Spent batteries should be disposed of by a qualified recycler or hazardous materials handler Contact your authorized Fluke service center for recycling information 5 4 Parts Lists The following tables list the replaceable parts for the 5500A Multi Product Calibrator Parts are listed by assembly alphabetized by reference designator Each assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the location of each part and its reference designator The parts lists give the following information Reference designator An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge Description Fluke stock number Total quantity Any special notes i e factory selec
83. on the A5 assembly include U20 O4 and noninverting amp U34 in X2 45 gain mode as well as U3 and U10 1047 DDE FR A5 X3 input amp fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U20 Q4 and noninverting amp U34 in X3 08 gain 1048 DDE FR A5 X13 1 input amp fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U20 Q3 Q4 and noninverting amp U34 in X13 1 gain mode 1049 DDE FR A5 input leakage fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include Q3 Q4 U34 and analog MUXs U26 U27 and U29 1050 DDE FR A5 offset comp fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are IC U4 and resistor R17 1051 DDE FR A5 input voltage detect fault On the A5 assembly suspect circuits are the 17 V supplies Zener diodes VR4 and VR3 may be regulating too low but may be withing tolerance Suspect ICs are U16 and US Check the voltage threshold levels on U16 Maintenance 4 Diagnostic Testing 1052 DDE FR A5 12 75 ohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver ICs U2 U15 U28 U30 and R30 or Z2 1053 DDE FR A5 33 25 ohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1054 DDE FR A5 100 ohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1055 DDE FR A5 325 ohm reference fault Suspect components on the A5 assembly are relay driver IC U2 and resistor network Z2 1056 DDE FR
84. teal 5 C 01 119 99 Hz 01 Hz 25 ppm 1 mHz 2 us 120 0 1199 9 0 1 Hz 25 ppm 1 mHz 2 us 1 200k 11 999k 1 0 Hz 25 ppm 1 mHz 1 2 us 12 00k 119 99k 10 Hz 25 ppm 15 mHz 140 ns 120 0k 1199 9k 100 Hz 25 ppm 15 mHz 140 ns 1 200M 2 000M 1 kHz 25 ppm 15 mHz 140 ns 1 24 1 20 Harmonics 2nd to 50th Specifications Introduction and Specifications Additional Specifications Fundamental Voltages Currents Voltages Frequency NORMAL AUX Terminals 1 Terminals 10 to 45 Hz 33 mV to 32 9999 V 3 3 mA to 2 19999 A 10 mV to 3 3 V 45 to 65 Hz 33 mV to 1020 V 3 3 mA to 11 A 10 mV to 3 3 V 65 to 500 Hz 33 mV to 1020 V 33 mA to 11A 100 mV to 3 3 V 500 to 1 kHz 330 mV to 1020 33mAto 11A 100 mV to 3 3 V 1kto 5 kHz 3 3 V to 1020 V 33 mA to 2 19999 A 100 mV to 3 3 V Amplitude Uncertainty Same of output as the equivalent single output but twice the floor adder Phase uncertainty for harmonic outputs is 1 degree or the phase uncertainty shown in Phase Specifications for the particular output whichever is greater For example the phase uncertainty of a 400 Hz fundamental output and 10 kHz harmonic output is 10 degrees from Phase Specifications Another example the phase uncertainty of a 60 Hz fundamental output and a 400 Hz harmonic output is 1 degree 1 The maximum frequency of the h
85. the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 1 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 23 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 23 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 23 Table 6 23 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Reading Frequency Frequency Tolerance output 2 1 V p p 10 Hz 0 000025 Hz 100 Hz 0 00025 Hz 1 kHz 0 0025 Hz 10 kHz 0 025 Hz 6 34 SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 51 Edge Amplitude Verification For the Edge Amplitude verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 34584 input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458A input 1 For measurements of a 1 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline For measurements of a 10 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00002 for measuring the topline and the DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline 2 Manually lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurement
86. the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sart Column D entry SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 65 Time Marker Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 500 impedance Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Marker menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to for each period listed in Table 6 40 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to the output as listed in Table 6 40 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 40 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Setthe filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Allow the PM 6680 reading t
87. the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The other path routes the signal to the marker circuits on the A50 board where the signal is shaped into the other marker waveforms The marker signals are passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and on to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel Wave Generator Mode signals for the wavegen function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board They are then sent to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel Pulse Generator ModesVideo and pulse generator mode signals are derived entirely from dedicated circuitry on the A50 SC600 option board If there are faults associated only with these functions the A50 board most likely needs replacement Input Impedance Mode Resistance The reference resistors for this mode are on the A50 board while the DCV reference signal and measuring signals are on the A6 DDS board Input Impedance Mode Capacitance Capacitance measurement circuits are contained on the 50 SC600 Scope Option board utilizing signals from the leveled sine wave source If there are faults associated only with capacitance measurement the A50 board most likely needs replacement Overload Mode The source voltage for the overload mode is generated on the A51 Voltage Video board of the A50 SC600 Option board The voltage is applied to the external 50 load and th
88. the average or mean value See Setup Square Wave Measurements earlier in this section for more details 3 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance 1 year spec column 4 When making measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY per Table 6 48 6 87 5500A Service Manual Table 6 51 AC Voltage Verification at 1 Nominal Value p p Frequency Measured Value p p Deviation mV 1 Year Spec mV 5 0 mV 10 Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 100 Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 1 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 5 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 10 kHz 0 11 10 0 mV 10 kHz 0 12 20 0 mV 100 Hz 0 15 20 0 mV 1 kHz 0 15 20 0 mV 10 kHz 0 15 50 0 mV 10 kHz 0 23 89 0 mV 10 Hz 0 32 89 0 mV 10 kHz 0 32 100 0 mV 10 kHz 0 35 200 0 mV 100 Hz 0 60 200 0 mV 1 kHz 0 60 200 0 mV 10 kHz 0 60 500 0 mV 10 kHz 1 35 890 0 mV 10 Hz 2 32 890 0 mV 10 kHz 2 32 1 0V 100 Hz 2 60 1 0V 1 kHz 2 60 1 0V 10 kHz 2 60 20 10 2 5 10 5 0 V 10 Hz 12 60 5 0 V 10 kHz 12 60 10 0 V 10 kHz 25 10 20 0 V 10 kHz 50 10 50 0 V 10 Hz 125 10 50 0 V 100 Hz 125 10 50 0 V 1 kHz 125 10 50 0 V 10 kHz 125 10 105 0 V 100 Hz 262 60 105 0 V 1 kHz 262 60 6 88 SC300 Option Verification 6 6 117 Verification at 500 For the 50 verificat
89. the time div on the 11801B to 20 ns div Slowly adjust pot R168 and observe its effect on the waveform the left half of the wave peak will move up and down as you turn R168 Adjust R168 until the center of the wave peak is half of a division above the center line as shown in Figure 6 33 4 Change the time div on the 11801B to 5 ns div Slowly adjust R57 It will affect the first 50 ns of the wave form Adjust R57 so the rising edge falls back and crosses the horizontal center line one division before the vertical center Refer to Figure 6 34 The base of the aberration should be 10 ns apart Change the time div on the 11801B to 2 ns div Adjust R16 until the rising edge ledge reaches the center line Refer to Figure 6 35 8 Return to 5 ns div and verify that the pattern shown in Figure 6 34 still exists Repeat the adjustment in step 5 if necessary 9 Atthis point in the adjustment each graticule line on the oscilloscope represents a 1 aberration Typically this board shows aberrations of 0 5 within the first 10 ns and aberrations of 0 25 during the following 10 30 ns 6 118 SC300 Option SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board Waveform moves as H168 is adjusted gx cum ER R168 Adjusted waveform om039f eps Figure 6 33 Adjusting the Wave Peak Center with R168 R57 om040f eps Figure 6 34 Adjusting Base of Pea
90. top cover 3 Remove the eight Phillips screws from the guard box cover The locations of the analog modules are printed on the guard box cover Lift off the guard box cover using the finger pull on the rear edge of the cover On the desired analog module release the board edge locking ears Lift the board out of its socket in the Motherboard Lay the board shield side down To remove the shield remove Phillips screw at the center of the shield then pull the sides of the shield away from the board 8 Toreinstall the shield first align one set of tabs then press the other side into place Removing the Main CPU A9 You can remove the Main CPU A9 without removing the rear panel or Filter PCA A12 Proceed as follows to remove the Main CPU PCA 1 Remove the 3 16 jack screws from the SERIAL 1 SERIAL 2 and BOOST AMPLIFIER connectors 2 Remove the 1 4 jack screws from the IEEE 488 connector Remove the three Phillips screws from the right side of the rear panel 4 Remove the ribbon cable from the Main CPU A9 There is not much room but the cable is reachable 5 Liftout the Main CPU PCA 4 3 5500A Service Manual 4 4 4 5 4 6 Removing Rear Panel Assemblies Proceed as follows to remove the transformer and the ac line input filter Figure 4 1 shows an exploded view of the rear panel assemblies 1 2 3 4 Remove the two rear handles by removing the six Allen s
91. users the ability to verify the SC600 at their own site if they are required to do so Fluke strongly recommends that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification equipment specified for SC600 verification must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin verification you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them of the SC600 functions are listed in Table 6 18 with the verification technique indicated Table 6 18 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions Function Verification Method DC Voltage Procedure provided in this manual AC Voltage amplitude Procedure provided in this manual AC Voltage frequency Procedure provided in this manual Edge amplitude Procedure provided in this manual Edge frequency duty Procedure provided in this manual cycle rise time Tunnel Diode Pulser Procedure provided in this manual See Voltage and Edge Calibration amplitude and Verification for details Leveled sine wave Procedures provided in this manual amplitude frequency harmonics and flatness Time marker period Procedure provided in this manua
92. 0 2 2V 5 60 SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 115 6 116 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination as required e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 For ac voltage amplitude verification refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then proceed with the next sections to verify the AC Voltage function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 MQ 1 When making measurements at 1 kHz set the HP 34584 to the values shown in Table 6 48 Manually lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Measure the topline first For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine
93. 0 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 81 Equipment Setup 6 82 Adjusting the Edge 80300 6 83 Introduction riis Race eget 6 84 Maintenance eee 6 85 SC300 Specifications 6 86 Voltage Function Specifications 6 87 Edge Function 6 88 Leveled Sine Wave Function 6 89 Time Marker Function Specifications esee 6 90 Wave Generator 6 91 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Time Marker Function 6 92 Trigger Signal Specifications for the Edge Function 6 93 Theory of Operation essent 6 94 Voltage Mode Rm 6 95 Edge Mode de i raa 6 96 Leveled Sine Wave Mode sss sese 6 97 Time Marker dedere 6 98 Wave Generator Mode eene 6 99 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 100 SC300 Calibration Setup seen nennen 6 101 Calibration
94. 0 0 28 0 37 100 to 30 0 12 0 16 1400 to 1767 0 34 0 46 30 to 150 0 10 0 14 T 250 to 150 0 48 0 63 150 to 760 0 13 0 17 150 to 0 0 18 0 24 760 to 1200 0 18 0 23 0 to 120 0 12 0 16 K 200 to 100 0 25 0 33 120 to 400 0 10 0 14 100 to 25 0 14 0 18 U 200 to 0 0 56 0 56 25 to 120 0 12 0 16 0 to 600 0 27 0 27 120 to 1000 0 19 0 26 1000 to 1372 0 30 0 40 The 10 pV C linear output mode has the same uncertainty as the 300 mV dc range Applies to both simulated thermocouple output and thermocouple measurement 1 Temperature standard ITS 90 or IPTS 68 is selectable 2 Resolution is 0 01 C 3 Does not include thermocouple error Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 12 Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications Range 2 1 Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C C 2 RTD Type Maximum Pt 385 1000 Pt 3926 100 Q 200 80 0 04 0 05 0 05 0 05 0 07 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 09 0 10 0 10 0 12 Pt 3916 100 Q 200 190 0 25 0 25 190 80 0 04 0 04 80 0 0 05 0 05 0 100 0 06 0 06 100 260 0 06 0 07 260 300 0 07 0 08 300 400 0 08 0 09 400 600 0 08 0 10 600 630 0 21 0 23 Pt 385 200 Q 200 80 0 03 0 04 80 0 0 03 0 04 0 100 0 04 0 04 100 260 0 04 0 05 260 300 0 11 0 12 300 400 0 12 0 13 400 600 0 12 0 14 600 630 0 14 0 16 5500A Service Manual Temp
95. 0 024 3V 3V 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 024 30 V 3V 20 Hz 50th 1 kHz 0 034 30 V 3V 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz 0 034 30 V 3V 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 034 300 V 3V 50 Hz 20th 1 kHz 0 044 300 V 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz 0 070 300 V 3V 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 070 1000 V 3V 50 Hz 20th 1 kHz 0 056 1000 V 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz 0 170 800 V 3V 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 275 Optional 3V 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 250 1000 V 3 38 3 48 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy AUX The AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy AUX tests the accuracy of the 50th harmonic from the AUX terminals For this test set the 5500A output to sinewave Table 3 35 shows the test points Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 35 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy AUX Nominal Nominal Frequency Frequency Measured Deviation 90 Day Spec Value Value AUX NORMAL Value V 96 96 NORMAL AUX AUX 100 mV 329 mV 1 kHz 20 Hz 0 305 100 mV 329 mV 5 kHz 100 Hz 0 424 100 mV 329 mV 10 kHz 200 Hz 0 574 100 mV 3 29 V 1 kHz 20 Hz 0 097 100 mV 3 29 V 5 kHz 100 Hz 0 235 100 mV 3 29 V 10 kHz 200 Hz 0 385 3 49 DC Voltage Offset Accuracy The DC Voltage Offset Accuracy test the accuracy of the dc offset function f
96. 0 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Power Meter Hewlett Packard Range 42 to 5 6 dBm E4418A Frequency 10 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range 20 to 19 dBm Frequency 10 600 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 42 to 20 dBm Frequency 10 600 MHz 30 dB Hewlett Packard Range 30 dB Reference 11708A Attenuator supplied with HP Frequency 50 MHz 8481D Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to Type N f 1250 1474 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 600 MHz 0 15 ppm uncertainty Counter PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to N m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Wave Generator Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 10 Hz to 100 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 6 28 SC600 Calibration Setup The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to calibrate the SC600 at their own site if they are required to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration
97. 0 Hz Power Factor 1 0 0 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 60 Hz is 0 04 6 6 mV totaling 100 V x 0004 40 mV added to 6 6 mV 46 6 mV Expressed in percent 46 6 mV 100 V x 100 0 047 see Voltage Sinewave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 is 0 08 300 uA totaling 1 A x 0008 800 uA added to 300 WA 1 1 mA Expressed in percent 1 1 mA 1 A x 100 0 11 see Current Sinewaves Specifications Adder Watts Adder for PF 1 0 at 60 Hz is 0 see Phase Specifications Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 4 0 047 0 11 0 012 Example 2 Output 100 V 1 A 400 Hz Power Factor 0 5 60 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 400 Hz is 0 04 6 6 mV totaling 100 V x 0004 40 mV added to 6 6 mV 46 6 mV Expressed in percent 46 6 mV 100 V x 100 0 047 see Voltage Sinewave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 is 0 08 300 uA totaling 1Ax 0008 800 uA added to 300 WA 1 1 mA Expressed in percent 1 1 mA 1 A x 100 0 11 see AC Current Sinewave Specifications Adder Watts Adder for PF 0 5 60 at 400 Hz is 2 73 see Phase Specifications Total Watts Output Uncertainty Upower 4 0 047 0 11 2 73 2 73 VARs When the Power Factor approaches 0 0 the watts output uncertainty becomes unrealistic because the dominant characteristic is the VAR
98. 0 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D Calibrator Mainframe B Freq MHz A Table 6 68 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 3 4 V Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Spec 21 50 100 uV 1 50 100 21 50 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 22 00 100 uV Complete Columns A E as follows DW entry sqrt Column D entry Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W 200 2 00 100 uV 220 2 00 100 uV 235 2 00 100 uV 250 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D SC300 Option 6 Verification 6 132 Time Marker Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for the proper setup connections Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 Q impedance Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the
99. 0 s FUNCTION to measure frequency with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer and 50 O impedance 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the PM 6680 at the channel indicated in Table 6 59 You will need the BNC N adapter for the connection to Channel C 3 Setthe filter on the PM 6680 as indicated in the table Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output as listed in Table 6 59 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 5 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 59 5500A Service Manual Table 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Reading Tolerance Frequency output 5 5 V p p Channel Filter Frequency on 125 He o 1250 Hz o 1250 Hz o 12500 Hz 6 126 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 24 for proper setup connections HP 8590 5500A SC300 FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX SCoPE A N SENSE AUXV RTD BNC F to Type N M Adapter om066f eps Figure 6 24 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine me
100. 0 to 45 Hz 0 15 90 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 0 035 90 10 to 20 kHz 0 06 90 20 to 50 kHz 0 15 90 50 to 100 kHz 0 25 90 100 to 500 kHz 0 3 90 33 to 329 999 mV 10 to 45 Hz 0 15 90 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 0 035 90 10 to 20 kHz 0 06 90 20 to 50 kHz 0 15 90 50 to 100 kHz 0 20 90 100 to 500 kHz 0 20 90 0 33 to 3 29999 V 10 to 45 Hz 0 15 200 uV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 0 035 200 10 to 20 kHz 0 06 200 20 to 50 kHz 0 15 200 50 to 100 kHz 0 20 200 100 to 500 kHz 0 20 200 3 3 to 32 9999 V 10 to 45 Hz 0 15 2 mV 45 Hz to 10 kHz 0 035 2 10 to 20 kHz 0 08 2 20 to 50 kHz 0 242 50 to 100 kHz 0 5 2 33 to 329 999 V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 15 10 mV 1 to 10 kHz 0 05 10 10 to 20 kHz 0 6 10 330 to 1000 V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 15 30 mV 1 to 10 kHz 0 07 30 100 to 1000 V 100 to 750 V Auxi 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 20 kHz 20 to 30 kHz 30 to 100 kHz 5725A Amplifier 0 07 0 15 0 3 0 4 liary Output dual output mode only 10 Hz to 100 kHz Bandwidth 10 to 329 999 mV 10 to 20 Hz 0 2 200 uV 20 to 45 Hz 0 06 200 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 08 200 1 to 5 kHz 0 3 200 5 to 10 kHz 0 6 200 0 33 to 3 29999 V 10 to 20 Hz 0 2 200 uV 20 to 45 Hz 0 06 200 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 08 200 1 to 5 kHz 0 3 200 5 to 10 kHz 0 6 200 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 9 Current Sinewave Spec
101. 000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 5790A Rdg x Conversion Factor V p p V p p value x correction Tolerance V p p 0 000154 V 0 000292 V 0 000427 V 0 00043 V 0 00094 V 0 001447 V 0 00145 V 0 00244 V 0 00337 V 0 0034 V 0 0085 V 0 01357 V 0 0136 V 0 0235 V 0 0328 V 0 0331 V 0 0541 V 0 0751 V 0 000154 V 0 000427 V 0 001447 V 0 00337 V 0 01357 V 0 0328 V 0 0751 V 0 000154 V 0 000427 V 0 001447 V 0 00337 V 0 01357 V 0 0328 V 0 0751 V 6 6 55 5500A Service Manual 6 69 Pulse Width Verification The following equipment is used to verify the pulse width High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head e 3dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f e BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e second BNC cable Refer to Figure 6 7 for proper setup connections Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display
102. 02 R105 Q10 Q1 and U13 on the 7 assembly Maintenance 4 Diagnostic Testing 1083 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 330 mA Suspects include K16 K17 R88 and R92 on the A7 assembly 1080 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 330 mA Suspects include R102 R105 Q2 Q8 and U13 on the A7 assembly 1081 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 330 mA Suspects include R102 R105 Q2 Q8 and U13 on the A7 assembly 1086 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 2 2A Suspects include R24 and R34 on the A7 assembly 1087 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 2 2A The primary suspect is R34 on the A97 assembly 1084 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 2 2A The primary suspect is R24 on the A7 assembly 1085 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 2 2A The primary suspect is R24 on the A7 assembly 1088 DDE FR A7 Aux amp fault Suspects include R6 R7 R44 R46 and U8 on the A7 assembly 1089 DDE FR A7 Monitor fault DC Suspects include R18 R38 R43 R48 R52 R57 C67 CR11 and U22 on the 7 assembly 1090 DDE FR A7 Monitor fault DC Suspects include CR9 and U22 on the A7 assembly 4 13 Testing the Front Panel Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS SELF TEST and FRONT PANEL The menu presents the following choices KNOB TEST KEY TEST BELL TEST and DISPLAY These tests are described next KNOB TEST Tests the knob encoder by showing a cursor that moves whan you turn the knob KEY TEST Lets you check the proper functioning of each ke
103. 1 ONOTY 0255380 38 1SnM S341 108 318 14322 51 S3HIM 13101A 311HM ONY 3LIHM 30 3UVMOHYH ONY XNINHS 13H N33M138 12Y1NOO dlyd INN NO 0015 WNIYHS LY3H HONOL LON ASW 5341 30 YIYd X2y18 NO ONIGDI XNINHS lY3H L 719 l3NYd 1 10 401 QuYMOL 031412345 3SIMH3H1O SS3TNQ S310N Y EH Y EH EH Y EH gozr o 8y 102 LY 9 9v gozr o 1 feoir 3 eorr y lt 901 3 ejsoir 5500A Wiring Diagram 5 4 Wiring Diagram Figure 5 12 Chapter 6 Oscilloscope Calibration Options e Option 5500A SC600 see page 6 3 e Option 5500A SC300 see page 6 65 6 1 5500A Service Manual 6 2 6 1 6 3 6 11 Chapter 6 SC600 Option Introduction E Matritemance iy ea SC600 Specifications essere eere nne Volt Specifications aine eee C ete LED Re ae cup deoa Edge Specifications eese Leveled Sine Wave Specifications esee Time Marker Specificati
104. 1586654 284174 945365 Tot Qty E 2E lx x wo a on oa an an an on on on an nw nan an on KR PSP Notes List of Replaceable Parts 5 Parts Lists EEA Keyboard PCA lt a c g 3 a o 5500A A63 2 of 6 om020f eps Figure 5 2 Front Panel Assembly 5 9 5500A Service Manual 5 10 Table 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly Fiefatence Description Fluke stock Tot Qty Notes Designator No AQ CPU PCA 937409 1 E1 BINDING HEAD PLATED 102889 1 2 BINDING POST STUD PLATED 102707 1 AF1 FUSE 25X1 25 2 5A 250V SLOW 851931 1 1 AF2 FUSE 25X1 25 1 25A 250V SLOW 851936 2 2 FL1 FILTER LINE 250VAC 4A W ENTRY MODULE 944269 1 FL9 FILTER LINE PART VOLTAGE SELECTOR 944272 1 FL10 FILTER LINE PART FUSE DRWR W SHRT BAR 944277 1 H1 WASHER LOCK INTRNL STL 2671D 110817 1 H2 NUT HEX BR 1 4 28 110619 1 H3 SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 250 152140 3 H6 WASHER FLAT STL 160 281 010 111005 3 H9 SCREW CAP SCKT SS 8 32 375 295105 4 H13 CONN ACC D SUB JACKSCREW KIT 250 L 944715 2 H16 CONN ACC MICRO RIBBON SCREW LOCK 854737 2 H18 SCREW CAP SCKT STL LOCK 6 32 750 944772 4 H22 SCREW HHI H SS 10 32 3 25 944459 4 H26 NUT HEX ELASTIC STOP STL 10 32 375 944350 4 H40 SCREW FHU P SS 6 32 312 867234 2 H45 WASHER FLAT STL 203 434 031 110262 4 H49 WASHER FLAT STL 191 289 010 111047 2 H51 WASHER FLAT STL 170
105. 3 dB 8 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 10 MHz 2 33 dB 10 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 20 MHz 2 33 dB 20 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 40 MHz 2 33 dB 40 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 80 MHz 2 33 dB 80 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 100 MHz 2 33 dB 100 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 MHz 2 33 dB 200 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 250 MHz 2 33 dB 250 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 6 99 5500A Service Manual 6 127 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification Leveled Sine Wave flatness verification is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 300 high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Leveled Sine Wave flatness is measured relative to 50 kHz This is determined directly in the low frequency band The high frequency band requires a transfer measurement be made at 10 MHz to calculate a flatness relative to 50 kHz 6 128 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness All low frequency flatness procedures use the following equipment e 5790A 03 AC Measurement Standard with Wideband option e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790 WIDEBAND input with the BNC f to Type N m adapter as shown in Figure 6 25 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on OOO 00n BE OOO ME OOO
106. 3458A reading for each Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance 1 year spec column Table 6 49 DC Voltage Verification at 1 Nominal Value dc Measured Value dc 0 0 mV 5 0 mV Deviation mV 1 Year Spec mV 5 0 mV 22 0 mV 25 0 mV 0 15 0 16 25 0 mV 45 0 mV 0 16 0 21 45 0 mV 50 0 mV 0 21 0 23 50 0 mV 220 0 mV 0 23 0 65 220 0 mV 250 0 mV 0 65 0 72 250 0 mV 450 0 mV 450 0 mV 500 0 mV 1 22 1 35 500 0 mV 3 3 V 1 35 8 35 4 0 V 8 35 10 10 4 0 V 33 0 V 10 10 82 60 82 60 33 0 V 0 10 0 11 0 11 0 15 M C 6 85 5500A Service Manual 6 86 Table 6 50 DC Voltage Verification at 50 mV 0 0 mV 0 10 5 0 mV 0 11 5 0 mV 0 11 10 0 mV 0 12 10 0 mV 0 12 22 0 mV 0 15 22 0 mV 0 15 25 0 mV 0 16 25 0 mV 0 16 55 0 mV 0 24 55 0 mV 0 24 100 0 mV 0 35 100 0 mV 0 35 220 0 mV 0 65 220 0 mV 0 65 250 0 mV 0 72 250 0 mV 0 72 550 0 mV 1 47 550 0 mV 1 47 700 0 mV 1 85 700 0 mV 1 85 22 5 6
107. 375 031 110288 4 MP1 PANEL REAR 883165 1 MP3 COVER TRANSFORMER 104353 1 MP4 HANDLE INSTRUMENT GRAY 7 886333 2 6 HOUSING AIR FILTER 937107 1 MP8 AIR FILTER 945287 1 MP17 DECAL CSA 864470 1 18 LABEL ADHES VINYL 1 500 312 844712 1 MP19 LABEL CALIB CERTIFICATION SEAL 802306 1 MP20 CABLE ACCESS TIE 4 00L 10W 75 DIA 172080 2 MP22 LABEL MYLAR GROUND SYMBOL 911388 1 MP23 SLEEV POLYOL SHRINK 187 093ID BLACK 113852 1 Ti TRANSFORMER POWER MAIN 937128 1 W20 FAN ASSEMBLY 881789 1 W22 WIRE GROUND 945456 1 Notes 1 For 100V and 120V units only 2 For 240V units only List of Replaceable Parts 5 Parts Lists 5500A A65 8 of 6 om021f eps Figure 5 3 Rear Panel Assembly ts av aas C TI VLl3Q 30 NOTI 9 117130 HOLIMS H3NOd W3MNOJSNYMI NOYA io MY19 NHOHS woud JAIM 10 IN3WHOVILY sy SIM MD e s av aas lt _ 008 HSNd H3MOd HLIM 3834831N LON 5300 18 4 1 38n N3 NAOHS SY ATILYNIXOYddY 31Y201 ONY ZZdW TV1SN lt 99 om022f eps 5500A Service Manual 11 130 335 301 1 335 NMOHS 1VH1 WOH4 AYIN SNOILLVENDIJNOO TYNLOV WNOLLdO NINES NO NMOHS SNOLLO3NNOO lt 29 SI YHL 010801 JHL 30 3015 3
108. 4 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the reference frequency is now 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration 6 24 6 40 6 41 SC600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions High Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the power meter and power sensor as described under Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate high frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated l 2 Press the GO ON blue softkey Establish the 10 MHz reference e Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s 10 MHz Cal Factor Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key Allow the power meter reading to stabilize e Press the Power meter REL key Press the GO ON blue softkey Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for the frequency displayed on the Calibrator Mainframe Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the power sensor reading matches the 10 MHz reference within 0 146 Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that either the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the next steps calibrate pulse width Re
109. 45 to 65 Hz 2 mA except 6 mA for 45 to 65 Hz Introduction and Specifications AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications cont Ranges Frequency 100 to 1020 V 1 to 20 kHz 20 to 30 kHz 30 to 100 kHz 100 to 750 V 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 04 Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 Resolution 96 of output uV Auxiliary Output dual output mode only 2 1010329 999 mV 10to20Hz 015 370 0 2 1 uV 20t045Hz 370 0 1 45 1 gt 0 08 370 0 1 1 to 5 kHz 0 15 450 0 2 5 to 10 kHz 0 3 450 0 4 0 3310 3 29999 101020 2 0 15 450 0 2 10 uV 20 to 45 Hz 0 08 450 0 1 45Hzto1kHz 0 07 450 0 09 1105 2 0 15 1400 02 5 to 10 kHz 0 3 1400 0 4 Specifications Maximum Burden 1 50 70 70 70 5 mA 5 mA 1 Remote sensing is not provided Output resistance is lt 5 mQ for outputs gt 0 33 V The AUX output resistance is 1 O The maximum load capacitance is 500 pF subject to the maximum burden current limits 2 There are two channels of voltage output The maximum frequency of the dual output is 10 kHz 1 5500A Service Manual AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications cont Ranges Frequency Maximum Distortion and Noise 10 Hz to 5 MHz Bandwidth output uV 1 0 to 32 999 mV 1
110. 5k 0 5 16 5k 1000 2 5 nA to 0 06 uA 1 Continuously variable from 0 to 330 MQ 2 Applies for COMP OFF to the 5500A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals and 2 wire and 4 wire compensation 3 floor adder is improved to 0 006 Q 0 to 10 99 Q range and 0 010 Q 11 to 329 999 Q if the 5500A Calibrator is zeroed ohms zero or instrument zero within 8 hours and temperature is 1 C of zeroing ambient temperature 4 Do not exceed the largest current for each range For currents lower than shown the floor adder increases by Floor new Floor oia X Imin lactual For example 100 uA stimulus measuring 100 Q has a floor uncertainty of 0 010 x 1 mA 100 pA 0 10 Ranges Maximum Voltage 1 Maximum Lead Resistance 2 0 1010 990 137V 320 111032 999 Q 412 32 3310 109 999 Q 77 32 11010329 999 132 32 330 to 1 09999 19 8 6 1 1 to 3 29999 16 5 6 3 3 to 10 9999 19 8 6 11 to 32 9999 16 5 lt 6 3310 109 999 19 8 6 11010 329 999 16 5 n a 110 and above 330 1 09999 MO 19 8 4 1 1 to 3 29999 16 5 3 3 to 10 9999 MQ 19 8 11 to 32 9999 16 5 33 to 109 999 19 8 11010 330 19 8 1 This is for the largest resistance for each range The maximum voltage for other values is Imax highest value of Allowab
111. 60000E 03 IDAC_RATIO 5 9950000E 03 5 9950000E 03 5 9950000E 03 6 7550000E 03 IDAC_G 5 8719214E 02 5 8719214 402 5 8719214E 02 5 8700000E 02 IDAC_N 5 8720334E 02 5 8720334E 02 5 8720334E 02 5 8700000E 02 continued 3 25 Performance Verification Tests The following tests are used to verify the performance of the 5500A Calibrator If an out of tolerance condition is found the instrument can be re calibrated using the front panel or the remote interface as described previously in this chapter Use the same test equipment and connection methods as used in the preceding calibration procedures Zero the 5500A Calibrator before testing by completing Zeroing the Calibrator as described next The performance tests have reserved columns for recording the Measured Value and Deviation 3 26 Zeroing the Calibrator Zeroing recalibrates internal circuitry most notably dc offsets in all ranges of operation To meet the specifications in Chapter 1 zeroing is required every 7 days or when the 5500A Calibrator ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C Zeroing is particularly important when your calibration workload has 1 mQ and 1 mV resolution and when there are significant temperature changes in the 5500A Calibrator work environment There are two zeroing functions total instrument zero ZERO and ohms only zero OHMS ZERO Complete the following procedure to zero the calibrator Note The 5500A Calibrator rear pan
112. 8 AC voltage squarewave characteristics 1 29 hes trianglewave characteristics typical 1 29 29 Access procedures 4 3 Additional specifications 1 24 C Calculating power uncertainty 1 23 Calibrating the 5500A 3 3 Calibration AC current AC volts AUX ac volts AUX dc volts Capacitance Index Capacitance four wire comp 3 14 DC current DC volts Frequency 3 14 How the procedure works 3 4 NORM volts and AUX current phase 3 15 NORM volts and AUX volts phase 3 15 Remote commands for Reports generating 3 18 Resistance Pulse Width 6 25 Starting 3 4 Thermocouple measuring 3 6 Capacitance specifications 1 15 Current assembly A7 Theory 2 6 D DC current specifications DC power specification summary 1 19 DC Voltage function Verification 6 21 6 29 6 79 6 84 DC voltage specifications DDS assembly A6 Theory 2 5 Diagnostic testing Error messages Front panel 4 13 Running diagnostics Sequence of diagnostics tests 4 7 E Edge Duty Cycle function Verification 6 36 6 93 Service Manual Edge Frequency function Verification 6 35 6 92 Edge function adjusting aberrations adjusting the rise time Rise time verification 6 36 6 93 Theory of Operation 6 12 6 72 Edge Function Specifications 6 7 6 69 Trigger Specifications 6 11 Encoder assembly A2 Theory 2 4 Equipment required for calibration and
113. 9 6 140 6 141 6 142 6 143 6 144 6 145 6 146 6 147 6 148 6 149 6 150 6 151 6 152 6 153 6 154 6 155 6 156 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Edge Amplitude Verification Edge Frequency Verification Edge Duty Cycle Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Edge Abberation Verification Leveled Sine Wave Reference 0222222222 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification esses Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Low Frequency Verification High Frequency Verification Time Marker Verification Wave Generator Verification Verification at 1 MO Verification at 50 Q SC300 Hardware Adjustments Equipment Required Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function sues Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Aberrations eee SC300 H
114. A Amplifier Current Range Voltage Range 1 5 to 4 4999 A 45to11A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 5500A Calibrator 90 days 33 to 329 999 mV 0 25 0 20 330 mV to 1020 V 0 15 0 12 1 year 33 mV to 1020 V 0 35 0 25 330 mV to 1020 V 0 20 0 15 Note 1 To determine uncertainty with more precision see Calculating Power Uncertainty 1 20 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 15 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications Frequency Voltages Currents Voltages Power NORMAL AUX Factor PF DC to 1020 V Otot11A 0 to 3 3 V 10 to 45 Hz 33 mV to 32 9999 V 3 3 mA to 2 19999 A 10 mV to 3 3 V 0 to 1 45 to 65 Hz 33 mV to 1020 V 3 3 mA to 11A 10 mV to 3 3 V 0 to 1 65 to 500 Hz 330 mV to 1020 V 33 mA to 2 19999 A 100 mV to 3 3 V 0 to 1 65 to 500 Hz 3 3 V to 1020 V 33 mA to 11 A 100 mV to 3 3 V 0 to 1 500 Hz to 1 kHz 330 mV to 1020 V 33 mA to 11 A 100 mV to 3 3 V 1 1 to 5 kHz 3 3 V to 1020 V 1 33 mA to 2 19999 A 100 mV to 3 3 V 1 1 3 3 V to 1020 V 2 33 mA to 329 99 mA 1 V to 3 3 V 2 1 1 In dual volts voltage is limited to 3 3 to 500 V in the NORMAL output 2 In dual volts voltage is limited to 3 3 to 250 V in the NORMAL output e range of voltages and currents shown in DC Voltage Specifications DC Current Specifications AC Voltage Sinewaves Specifications and AC Current Sinewave Specifications are availabl
115. A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 42 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 42 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column 6 53 5500A Service Manual 6 54 Table 6 41 Wave Generator Verification at 1 Calibrator Mainframe Wave Type square square square square square square square square square square square square square square square square square square sine sine sine sine sine sine sine triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle Calibrator Mainframe output 10 kHz 1 8 mV 11 9 mV 21 9 mV 22 0 mV 56 0 mV 89 9 mV 90 mV 155 mV 219 mV 220 mV 560 mV 899 mV 0 90 V 3 75 V 6 59 V 6 6 V 30 8 V 55 0 V 1 8 mV 21 9 mV 89 9 mV 219 mV 899 mV 6 59 V 55V 1 8 mV 21 9 mV 89 9 mV 219 mV 899 mV 6 59 V 55V 5790A Reading V rms Conversion Factor 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000
116. A by externally measuring a known temperature The connections are shown in Figure 3 1 Mercury Thermometer J type 74 Thermocouple ed Mineral Cil Dewar Flask Lag Bath and Cap om008f eps Figure 3 1 Connections for Calibrating TC Measure 1 Apply a copper short to the TC terminals Allow the temperature of the short to stabilize for 3 minutes 2 Perform the zero calibration as indicated on the 5500A front panel Remove the copper short as instructed the 5500A front panel Perform the gain CAL as follows Plug a J thermocouple into the TC terminals as Figure 3 1 shows Allow the temperature to stabilize for 3 minutes Measure a lag bath that is within 2 C of ambient temperature Compare this reading with a precision temperature standard and enter the reading into the 5500A when prompted to do so 3 6 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 9 DC Current Use a precision DMM and appropriate precision shunts to measure the 5500A output as Figure 3 2 shows Enter into the 5500A each of the measured values listed in Table 3 4 when prompted to do so 5500 A Current Shunt 200 HP3458 DCV Function J00 C n COC Terminals om009f eps Figure 3 2 Connections for Calibrating DC Current Table 3 4 DC
117. AL 3 46 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AUX 3 47 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL 3 48 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy 3 49 DC Voltage Offset Accuracy 3 50 AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC 2 2 3 2 3 1 Calibration and Verification 3 Introduction Introduction Use this chapter as a guide to calibration and for verification of the 5500A s performance to specifications You should recalibrate at the end of either a 90 day or 1 calibration interval If you recalibrate every 90 days use the 90 day specifications which provide higher performance Use the Verification procedure or any part thereof any time you need to verify that the Calibrator is meeting its specifications Calibration The standard 5500A has no internal hardware adjustments The Oscilloscope Option has hardware adjustments see Chapter 7 calibration is done with the covers on using software calibration constants A calibration routine that prompts you through the entire procedure is built into the 5500A Calibration occurs in the following major steps 1 The 5500A sources specific output values and you measure the outputs using traceable measuring instruments of higher accuracy 2 Youenter the measured results either manually through the front panel keyboard or remotely with an externa
118. BNC Cable supplied with SC300 DC and AC Voltage Calibration and Verification DC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 6 75 5500A Service Manual 6 76 Table 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option PM 9621 PM 9624 or 50 kHz to 350 MHz 1 6 ppm Counter PM 9625 and PM 9678 uncertainty Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Low Frequency Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard with 03 option Frequency 50 kHz to 10 MHz Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Edge Frequency AC Voltage Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option PM 20 ms to 150 ns 10 Hz to 10 MHz lt 1 6 ppm 9678 uncertainty BNC Cable supplied with SC300 i Edge Duty Cycle Frequency Counter PM 6680 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness High Frequency Calibration and Verification P
119. BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option PM 9621 PM 9624 50 kHz to 600 MHz 0 15 ppm Counter or PM 9625 and PM 9690 or PM 9691 uncertainty Adapter Pomona 3288 to Type BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Low Frequency Calibration and Verification AC Measurement Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Standard with 03 option Frequency 50 kHz to 10 MHz Adapter Pomona 3288 BNO f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Spectrum Analyzer HP 8590A Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Pulse Period Edge Frequency AC Voltage Frequency Verification Frequency Counter PM 6680 with option PM 20 ms to 150 ns 10 Hz to 10 MHz 0 15 ppm 9690 or PM 9691 uncertainty BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Edge Duty Cycle Frequency Counter PM 6680 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Overload Functional Verification Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 _ MeasZ Resistance Capacitance Verification Resistors 1 MQ and 50 nominal values Capacitors 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector Adapters to connect resistors and capacitors to BNC f connector BNC Cable supplied with SC600 SC600 Option SC600 Calibration Setup Table 6 15 SC60
120. Bad parameter type 1305 CME R Bad parameter unit 1306 EXE R Bad parameter value 1307 QYE R 488 2 I O deadlock 308 QYE R 488 2 interrupted query 1309 QYES R 488 2 unterminated command 1310 QYE R 488 2 query after indefinite response 1311 DDE R Invalid from GPIB interface 1312 DDE R Invalid from serial interface 1313 DDE R Service only 314 EXE R Parameter too long 315 CME R Invalid device trigger 316 EXE Device trigger recursion 317 CME R Serial buffer full 1318 EXE R Bad number 1319 EXE R Service command failed 1320 CME R Bad binary number 1321 CME R Bad binary block 1322 CME R Bad character 1323 CME R Bad decimal number 1324 CME R Exponent magnitude too large 4 17 5500A Service Manual 1325 R Bad hexadecimal block 1326 CME R Bad hexadecimal number 1328 CME R Bad octal number 1329 CME R Too many characters 1330 CME R Bad string 1331 DDE R OPER not allowed while error pending 1500 DDE FRS Compliance voltage exceeded 1501 DDE FRS Shunt amp over or underload 1502 DDE FRS Heat sink too hot 1503 DDE FRS Output current lim exceeded 1504 DDE FRS Input V or A limit exceeded 1600 DDE FR D OPM transition error 1601 DDE FR D TC measurement failure 1800 DDE FR Unknown boost command 1801 DDE FR BX not respon
121. DAMAGES OR LOSSES INCLUDING LOSS OF DATA WHETHER ARISING FROM BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BASED ON CONTRACT TORT RELIANCE OR ANY OTHER THEORY Since some countries or states do not allow limitation of the term of an implied warranty or exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages the limitations and exclusions of this warranty may not apply to every buyer If any provision of this Warranty is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction such holding will not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provision Fluke Corporation Fluke Europe B V P O Box 9090 P O Box 1186 Everett WA 98206 9090 5602 BD Eindhoven U S A The Netherlands 5 94 Chapter Table of Contents Title Introduction and 1 1 rr 1 2 Service nformatiOh Er 1 3 KTS T eterno NT 1 4 General 1 5 DC Voltage 1 amp 1 6 DC Current Specifications 1 8 1 7 Resistance Specifications Ls isse eris ete e EAE RDUM o EDU FUE E RS 1 9 1 8 AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications 1 9 AC Current Sinewave Specifications sse eee ee ee eee 1 10 Capacitance 5 1 11 Temperatore Calibration Thermoc
122. DC Volts Calibration Steps Step NORMAL Output AUX output 1 300 mV 300 mV 2 3 V 3 V 3 8 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 12 AUX AC Volts Measure the AUX output using a precision AC Voltmeter Enter into the 5500A the measured values of each step listed in Table 3 7 when prompted to do so Table 3 7 AUX AC Volts Calibration Steps 1 1 1V 300 mV 100 Hz 2 1 1V 300 mV 5 kHz 3 1 1V 300 mV 10 kHz 4 1 1V 3V 100 Hz 5 1 1V 3V 5 kHz 6 1 1V 3V 10 kHz 7 1 1V 3V 9 99 Hz 3 13 Resistance Use a precision DMM to measure the resistance output Figure 3 3 shows the four wire connections Enter into the 5500A the measured values of each step listed in Table 3 8 when prompted to do so E 5 GY 2 ooo HP3458 4W Ohms 20 DOE Function 088 300 Oc 5500A Connect the Input leads to the NORMAL output terminals Connect the SENSE leads to the AUX terminals om010f eps Figure 3 3 Connections for Calibrating Four Wire Ohms 3 9 5500A Service Manual Table 3 8 Resistance Calibration Steps Step 5500A Output Comments 1 10 Make four wire measurement 2 100 3 110 4 320 5 350 6 100 Q 7 110 Q
123. Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge duty cycle 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure duty cycle on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to 6680 channel Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at 1 MHz 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize Compare the duty cycle reading to 50 596 Edge Rise Time Verification This procedure tests the edge function s rise time Aberrations are also checked with the Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope and SD 22 26 sampling head The following equipment is used to verify the edge rise time SC600 Option 6 Verification High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 BNC cable supplied with the SC600 second BNC cable Connect the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input Refer to Figure 6 7 Tek 11801 5500 5 600 W
124. FLUKE 9900A Multi Product Calibrator Service Manual PN 105798 August 1995 Rev 5 4 03 1995 2003 Fluke Corporation All rights reserved Printed in U S A All product names are trademarks of their respective companies LIMITED WARRANTY amp LIMITATION OF LIABILITY Each Fluke product is warranted to be free from defects in material and workmanship under normal use and service The warranty period is one year and begins on the date of shipment Parts product repairs and services are warranted for 90 days This warranty extends only to the original buyer or end user customer of a Fluke authorized reseller and does not apply to fuses disposable batteries or to any product which in Fluke s opinion has been misused altered neglected or damaged by accident or abnormal conditions of operation or handling Fluke warrants that software will operate substantially in accordance with its functional specifications for 90 days and that it has been properly recorded on non defective media Fluke does not warrant that software will be error free or operate without interruption Fluke authorized resellers shall extend this warranty on new and unused products to end user customers only but have no authority to extend a greater or different warranty on behalf of Fluke Warranty support is available if product is purchased through a Fluke authorized sales outlet or Buyer has paid the applicable international price Fluke reserves the right to invoic
125. Hi Res on Press the GO ON blue softkey Press to activate operating mode on the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize Multiply the 5790A reading by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Enter the corrected rms reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and calculation and carefully re enter the corrected rms reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary Repeat step 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 6 23 5500A Service Manual JJ foe T SB om034f eps Figure 6 4 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 MHz low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 600 MHz high frequency The equipme
126. Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Table 6 12 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Scope input selected 500 1 Measurement Range 40 O to 60 Q 500 to 1 5 MQ Uncertainty 0 1 96 0 1 96 6 16 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Table 6 13 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Measurement Range 5 pF to 50 pF Scope input selected 1 Uncertainty 5 of input 0 5 pF 1 1 Measurement made within 30 minutes of capacitance zero reference SC600 option must be selected for at least five minutes prior to any capacitance measurement including the zero process 6 5500A Service Manual 6 17 Overload Measurement Specifications Table 6 14 Overload Measurement Specifications Source Typical current Typical Off current Maximum Time Limit DC or Voltage indication indication AC 1 kHz 5Vto9V 100 mA to 180 mA 10 mA setable 1 s to 60s 6 18 Theory of Operation The following discussion provides a brief overview of the following SC600 operating modes voltage edge leveled sine wave time marker wave generator video pulse generator input impedance and overload This discussion will allow you to identify which of the main plug in boards of the Calibrator Mainframe are defective Figure 6 1 shows a block diagram of the SC600 Option also referred to as the A50 board Functio
127. Mainframe SCOPE connector to the power meter and power sensor as described in Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness later in this section Follow these steps to calibrate high frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 10 MHz reference e Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s 10 MHz Cal Factor Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key e Allow the power meter reading to stabilize e Press the Power meter REL key 3 Press the GO ON blue softkey Press the power meter SHIFT key then FREQ key and use the arrow keys to enter the power sensor s Cal Factor for the frequency displayed on the Calibrator Mainframe Ensure that the factor is correct then press the power meter ENTER key 5 Adjustthe amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the power sensor reading matches the 10 MHz reference within 0 146 6 Repeat steps 1 to 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that either the reference frequency is now 50 kHz or that the next steps calibrate pulse width Repeat the low frequency calibration procedure for the next amplitude unless the 6 83 5500A Service Manual Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate pulse width Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibrati
128. Measurements earlier in this section for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug Adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 20 for the proper connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate Leveled Sine Wave amplitude 5500A Service Manual 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790 INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Press to activate operating mode on the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize Multiply the 5790A reading by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Enter the corrected rms
129. Off 50E 15s 6 133 Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses the following equipment 5790A AC Measurement Standard BNC f to Double Banana adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe For wave generation verification procedures refer to Figure 6 28 for the proper setup connections SC300 Option 6 Verification 5500 5 300 FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX SCoPE pus ENSE 20000 A 0 8i AUX V BNC F to Double Banana Feed Through Adapter Termination om065f eps Figure 6 28 Wave Generator Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Set the offset to 0 mV and the frequency to 1 kHz Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function 6 134 Verification at 1 MQ 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 1 MQ The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 MQ 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Setthe 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 4 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 70 5 Allow the 5790A reading to st
130. Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Vertical scale 200 mV div Trigger source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto Measurement Function positive width 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the pulse width and period at 1 V as listed in Table 6 43 2 Change the horizontal scale of the DSO to the value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the pulse signal is centered on the display Record the width measurement Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 43 Table 6 43 Pulse Width Verification DSO horizontal 11801 Calibrator Mainframe scale Reading Tolerance time div 4 0 ns 200 ns ns 0 700 ns 449ns 200ns 10ns 2 745 ns 45 ns 200ns 10ns 6 250 ns 500 ns 1 25 us 100 ns 29 0 ns 6 56 SC600 Option 6 Verification 6 70 Pulse Period Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Pulse menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe
131. RT FACTORY IPHASE 3 15 5500A Service Manual Reference Terminals GSS Clark Hess OOO OOO BB 000 20 Phase Meter boo eo d Signal Terminals 0 1 Ohm shunt placed as closely as possible to the AUX terminals of the 5500A If the Phase Meter LO terminals are not common use a short between NORMAL LO and AUX LO on the 5500A om015f eps Figure 3 8 Volts and Current Phase Calibration Table 3 11 Volts and Current Phase Calibration Steps Reference Signal Step NORMAL Output Volts Current Output Amps Frequency Hz 0 phase 1 3 00E 00 300E 03 500E 000 2 3 00E 00 300E 03 10E 3 3 3 00E 00 2 00E 00 500E 00 4 3 00E 00 2 00E 00 5 0E 03 5 3 00E 00 3 00E 00 64E 00 6 3 00E 00 3 00E 00 1 0E 03 3 19 Remote Commands for 5500A Calibration Calibration of the 5500A using remote commands is simple To access calibration steps described in paragraphs 3 6 through 3 15 simply send the command CAL START MAIN To access calibration steps described in paragraphs 3 16 through 3 18 send the command CAL START FACTORY To jump to specific calibration steps these two commands can be modified by specifying an entry point The allowable entry points are as shown in Table 3 12 Calibration and Verification Table 3 12 Jumping to a Specific Calibration Step in Re
132. SE HI to the 5500A AUX HI connect the LCR meter INPUT SENSE LO to the 5500A NORMAL LO Enter the LCR reading into the 5500A when prompted The LCR meter should nominally read 400 pF with a 1 kHz 2 V rms stimulus Note Make sure there are no other connections to the 5500A especially the SCOPE BNC Connecting any additional grounds to the 5500A can cause erroneous capacitance outputs Input sense high to AUX high PM6304C Input sense LO to normal LO om013f eps Figure 3 6 Connections for Four Wire Compensated Capacitance Note The remaining steps in the calibration procedure are not necessary unless the 5500A has been repaired They are called Factory Cal and are accessible only via the remote interface 3 16 Frequency Frequency calibration is only accessible by remote command See Remote Commands for 5500A Calibration later in this chapter In remote you can jump to Frequency calibration by sending the command CAL_START FACTORY In Frequency calibration the 5500A outputs 3 V 500 kHz Measure the frequency with a precision counter Enter the frequency reading into the 5500A when prompted by the 5500 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 17 NORMAL Volts and AUX Volts Phase NORMAL volts and AUX volts phase calibration is only accessible by remote command See Remote Com
133. Service Manual 3 4 QV ONOQ OO OQ GO tat ca L P LQ LQ LQ LO MO 00 1 Os UA EL LA gt 1 ON CA Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790 AC Measurement Standard Connecting the HP E4418A Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor Wave Generator Verification Setup eene nennen Overload Function Verification List of Figures 5500A Multi Product Calibrator eese eee 5500A Calibrator Dimensional Outline eene 5900A Internal LayOUt sorer en et tore cite ne de tva Doo tects Synthesized Resistance Function sese nennen Synthesized Capacitance Function sese Current FUNGON ede eet er s bee Voltage Se e eco oe e e ie re nt deti viri eR ERE ade Connections for Calibrating TC Measure sees Connections for Calibrating DC Connections for Calibrating Four Wire Ohms eee High End Resistance Connections with Equation eere LCR Meter Connections for Four Wire Compensated Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Calibration see 13 15 Volts and Current Phase Calibration
134. Table 6 26 Edge Rise Time Verification Figure 6 8 Edge Rise Time 6 55 Edge Abberation Verification The following equipment is needed for this procedure Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SD22 26 sampling head Output cable provided with the SC600 om033i eps DSO Vertical Calibrator Mainframe Output Axis A B 11801 Corrected Voltage Frequency mV div Reading Reading Tolerance 250 mV 1 MHz 20 0 lt 300 ps 250 mV 10 MHz 20 0 lt 350 ps 500 mV 1 MHz 50 0 lt 300 ps 500 mV 10 MHz 50 0 lt 350 ps 1V 1 MHz 100 0 lt 300 ps 1V 10 MHz 100 0 lt 350 ps 2 5 V 1 MHz 200 0 lt 300 ps 2 5 V 10 MHz 200 0 lt 350 ps Before you begin this procedure verify that the 5500A SC600 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output SC600 Option 6 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope refering to Figure 6 7 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point of the edge signal use this point as the reference level Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display With these settings each vertical line on the oscilloscope represents a 1 aberration Determine that the SC600 falls within the typical specifications shown in Table 6 27 Table 6 27 Edge Aberrations T
135. V 5 0 mV 10Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 100 Hz 0 11 5 0 mV 1 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 5 kHz 0 11 5 0 mV 10 kHz EE 0 11 10 0 mV 100 Hz 0 12 10 0 mV 1 kHz 0 12 10 0 mV 10 kHz 0 12 20 0 mV 10 kHz 0 15 44 9 mV 10Hz 0 21 44 9 mV 10 kHz 0 21 50 0 mV 10 kHz 0 23 100 0 mV 100 Hz 0 35 100 0 mV 1 kHz 0 35 100 0 mV 10 kHz 0 35 200 0 mV 10 kHz 0 60 449 0 mV 10Hz 1 22 449 0 mV 10 kHz 1 22 6 89 5500A Service Manual Table 6 46 AC Voltage Verification at 50 O cont Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value 1 Year Spec p p p p mV mV 500 0 mV 10 kHz 1 35 1 0V 100 Hz 2 60 1 0V 1 kHz 2 60 1 0V 10 kHz 2 60 20 10 2 5 10 20 100 2 5 10 20 1 kHz 5 10 20 5 2 5 10 20 10 2 5 10 6 118 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Refer to Figure 6 21 for the proper setup connections This procedure uses the following equipment 6680 Frequency Counter with an TCXO timebase Option 9678 equivalent e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 5500A SC300 FLUKE CALIBRATOR SC300 Cable FLUKE 55004 0 Greater than 50 MHz PM 6680A om063f eps Figure 6 21 Frequency Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display
136. V Press OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads next steps calibrate SC600 Then follow these steps to calibrate AC Voltage 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER 6 21 5500A Service Manual 6 22 6 35 6 36 Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier i e m n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 3 Repeat step 2 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate WAVEGEN Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Wave Generator Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Within the calibration menu press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads WAVEGEN Cal Then follow these steps to calibrate the Wave Generator 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for m
137. Voltage tive 90 days 1 year Load 5725A Amplifier 1 510 11 45 to 1 kHz 0 08 100 0 1 100 100 3 400 uH 1to5kHz 0 19 5000 0 25 soo 5to10kHz 0 75 10000 1 10000 1 The actual voltage compliance is a function of current output 1 and is given by the formula 3 37 1 3 11 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 3 0 V 2 The actual voltage compliance is a function of current output 1 and is given by the formula 0 0 535 1 43 18 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 3 0 V 3 The actual voltage compliance V is a function of current output 1 and is given by the formula 0 176 l 3 19 The highest compliance voltage is limited to 2 8 V Ranges 0 02 to 0 32999 mA 0 33 to 3 2999 mA 3 3 to 32 999 mA 33 to 329 99 mA 0 33 to 2 19999 A 2 210 11A 1 510 11A Frequency 10 to 20 Hz 20 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz 10 to 20 Hz 20 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz 10 to 20 Hz 20 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz 10 to 20 Hz 20 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 45 to 65 Hz 65 to 500 Hz 500 Hz to 1 kHz 5725A Amplifier 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz Maximum Distortion and Noise 10 Hz to 100 kHz Bandwidth output uA 0 15 1 0 LA
138. Voltage Offset Accuracy L 5500A Service Manual 3 37 AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC 4 1 4 2 5 1 5 2 5 3 6 1 6 2 6 3 6 4 6 5 6 6 6 7 6 8 6 9 6 10 6 11 6 12 6 13 6 14 6 15 6 16 Edge Wave Generator HP345 Verification Methods for SC600 Functions sese sese ee eee eee DC Voltage Verification at 1 DC Voltage Verification at 50 AC Voltage Verification at 1 AC Voltage Verification at 50 AC Voltage Frequency Verification sse ee eee eee eee eee Edge Amplification Verification Edge Frequency Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Edge Aberrations Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification esee Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 0 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 7 5 mV sss sees ee eee eee High Frequency Flatness Verification at 25 mV sese sees eee High Frequency Flatness Verification at 70 mV sese sees ee eee eee High Frequency Flatness Verification at 250 mV sse High Frequency Flatness Verification at 800 mV sss
139. abilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 70 6 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value Compare result to the tolerance column 6 135 Verification at 50 0 1 Setthe Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 50 The blue softkey under SCOPE 7 toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50 Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Setthe 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 6 109 5500A Service Manual 6 110 4 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 71 5 Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 71 6 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value 7 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column Table 6 70 Wave Generator Verification at 1 MQ Calibrator Calibrator 5790A Conversion 5790A Reading x Tolerance Mainframe Mainframe Reading Factor Conversion Factor V p p Wave Type
140. al Specifications Edge Function 6 13 Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function 6 14 Trigger Signal 6 15 Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications 6 16 Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications 6 17 Overload Measurement 8 2 6 18 Theory of Operatore ret eret e e Pe P einen 6 19 Voltage e 6 20 Mode ertt rette er ied ent 5500A Service Manual 6 21 Leveled Sine Wave 6 22 Time Marker Mode esses eene enne 6 23 Wave Generator 6 24 Input Impedance Mode 6 25 Input Impedance Mode 6 26 Overload Mode eet ectetuer metra eoe eae ER reet sates asses 6 27 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 28 8 600 Calibration Setup sess 6 29 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 6 30 Overview of HP3458A Operation see 6 31 Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements 6 18 6 32 Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Gen Square Wave Measurements 6 33 DC Voltage Calibration 6 21 6 34 AC Vol
141. ance accuracy 3 29 DC current amplitude accuracy 3 3 22 DC power amplitude accuracy AUX DC power amplitude accuracy NORMAL DC voltage amplitude accuracy AUX 3 21 DC voltage amplitude accuracy NORMAL DC voltage offset accuracy 3 39 phase and frequency 3 34 Resistance 3 23 Resistance dc offset measurement 3 24 SC300 6 84 AC Voltage frequency 6 90 DC Voltage 6 79 6 84 Edge Duty Cycle Edge Frequenc 16 92 Edge rise 6 93 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 98 Time Marker 6 107 Wave Generator SC600 6 28 AC Voltage frequency 6 6 34 5500A Service Manual DC Voltage 6 21 6 29 Edge Duty Cycle Edge Frequenc 46 35 Edge rise time 6 36 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude 6 40 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency 6 41 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 42 MeasZ Capacitance 6 58 MeasZ Resistance 6 57 Overload function Pulse period Pulse width 6 56 Time Marker 6 51 Wave Generator Thermocouple measurement accurac Thermocouple measuring accurac 13 31 Thermocouple sourcing accuracy Volt Function Specifications 6 6 Voltage assembly A8 Theory 2 7 Voltage function Theory of Operation 6 72 Voltage Function Specifications Wave Generator Specifications Wave Generator function Theory of Operation Verification 6 108 Wave Generator Fun
142. and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 102 Overview of HP3458A Operation eee 6 103 Setup for Square Wave Measurements eee 6 104 DC Voltage Calibration sese 6 105 AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration 0 6 106 Edge Amplitude Calibration eene 6 107 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration 6 108 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration 6 109 Low Frequency Calibration 6 110 High Frequency Calibration eese 6 111 Verification iieii teieni i a ii a 6 112 DC Voltage 6 113 Verification at 1 M iiie pedi nen 6 114 Verification at 50 6 115 AC Voltage Amplitude Verification eee 6 116 Verification at 1 MQ 6 117 Verificatonat 50 0 6 118 AC Voltage Frequency Verification sse 6 119 Edge Amplitude Verification sere 6 120 Edge Frequency Verification 6 121 Edge Duty Cycle 6 122 Edge Rise Time Verification 6 123 Edge Abberation 6 124 Leveled Sine Wave Reference 22222222 6 125 Leveled Si
143. and second and third harmonics The harmonics need to be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 40 dBc and third harmonic should typically be at 50 dBc as shown in Figure 6 32 To adjust the harmonics adjust R8 as shown in Figure 6 32 until the peaks of the second and third harmonic are at the correct dB level You may find that you can place the second harmonic at 40 dBc but the third harmonic is not at 50 dBc If this SC300 Option SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board is the case continue adjusting R8 The second harmonic will fluctuate but there is a point at which both harmonics will be at the correct decibel level 2nd harmonic L harmonic 6 150 6 151 om038f eps Figure 6 32 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Adjustments need to be made after repair to the edge function to adjust the edge aberrations There are two SC300 boards currently available and each requires separate aberration adjustment procedures thus certain procedure headings include specific part numbers The two boards are listed below Check the part number of your board before you begin aberration adjustments If you are not certain which board you have contact your Fluke Service Center e SC300 Board 5500A 4004 1 Fluke PN 600749 e 5 300 Board 5500A 4004 Fluke PN 937383 Note To verify the edge aberrations back to national standards yo
144. ardware Adjustments for the A4 Board Equipment Required Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function sues Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 1 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 Adjusting the Rise Time for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge Rise Time SC300 Option 6 Introduction 6 83 Introduction This chapter contains the following information and service procedures for the SC300 Oscilloscope Calibration Option functions e Specifications e Theory of Operation e Calibration Procedures e Verification Procedures e Hardware Adjustments made after Repair The calibration and verification procedures provide traceable results for all of the SC300 functions as long as they are performed using the recommended equipment All of the required equipment along with the minimum specifications are provided in Table 6 41 under Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are
145. armonic output is 10 kHz For example if the fundamental output is 5 kHz the maximum selection is the 2nd harmonic 10 kHz All harmonic frequencies 2nd to 50th are available for fundamental outputs between 10 and 200 Hz NORMAL Fundamental Output 100 V 100 Hz From Voltage Sinewave Specifications the single output specification for 100 V 100 Hz is 0 04 6 6 mV For the dual output in this example the specification What are the amplitude uncertainties for the following dual outputs Example of Determining Amplitude Uncertainty in a Dual Output Harmonic Mode is 0 04 13 2 mV as the 0 04 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 6 6 mV AUX 50th Harmonic Output 100 mV 5 kHz From Voltage Sinewave Specifications the auxiliary output specification for 100 mV 5 kHz is 0 15 450 mV For the dual output in this example the specification is 0 15 900 mV as the 0 15 is the same and the floor is twice the value 2 x 450 mV 1 1 25 5500A Service Manual 1 21 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty AC Voltage Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications Maximum Voltage Ranges Frequency tcal 5 C Resolution of output of range Output Range Normal Channel Single Output Mode 1 0 to 33 mV 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 0 0 5 Two digits e g 25 mV 34 to 330 mV Three digits 0 4 to 3 3 V Two digits 4to 33V Two digits
146. bly The attenuator assembly provides range attenuation and also contains a power detector which maintains amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel 6 22 6 23 6 24 6 25 6 26 SC600 Option 6 Theory of Operation Time Marker Mode There are 3 primary ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 20 ms 10 ms to 2 us and 1 us to 2 ns The 5 s to 20 ms markers are generated on the A6 DDS board and are passed to the A50 board The signal path is also split to drive the external trigger circuitry on the A50 board If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal passing through the A50 board is connected to the attenuator assembly The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 10 ms to 2 us markers are derived from a square wave signal that is generated on the A6 board and passed to the A50 board for wave shaping and external trigger generation If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal is passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 1 us to 2 ns markers are generated from the leveled sine wave generator on the A50 board This signal is also split to drive the external trigger circuits If the trigger is turned the signal is then connected to
147. c voltage 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458 input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 3 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually range lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 4 Foreach calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements earlier in this chapter for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance if used SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 106 6 107 Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier m n p If the warning still occurs repair may b
148. ce and capacitance values are entered while they are being measure by the Calibrator Mainframe The resistors and capacitor must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 The resistance and capacitance values must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 3458A DMM to make a 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to determine the actual resistance values and an HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz to determine the actual capacitance value This procedure uses the following equipment e Resistors of known values 1MQ and 50Q nominal e adapters to connect resistors to BNC f connector e adapters and capacitor to achieve 50 pF nominal value at the end of BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 5 for setup connections SC600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions 5500A SC600 FLUKE 5500 CALIBRATOR om056f eps Figure 6 5 MeasZ Function Calibration Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode at the prompt to connect a 50Q resistor Then follow these steps to calibrate MeasZ 1 Connect the BNC cable to the SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the BNC f connector attached to the 50 resistance 2 Press the GO ON blue softkey Enter the actual 50 resistance Note The Calibrator Mainframe wi
149. clock originates on the A50 board The signal is then shaped and split to generate the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal is passed from the A50 board first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel 6 96 Leveled Sine Wave Mode of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 to 350 MHz are produced on the A50 board The leveled sine wave signal is passed from the A50 board to the on board attenuator assembly The attenuator assembly provides range attenuation and also contains a power detector which maintains amplitude flatness across the frequency range The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel 6 97 Time Marker Mode There are several ranges of time marker operation 5 s to 50 ms 20 ms to 100 ns 50 ns to 20 ns 10 ns and 5 to 2 ns 6 72 SC300 Option 6 Theory of Operation 6 98 The 5 s to 50 ms markers are generated on the A6 DDS board and are passed to the A50 board The signal path is also split to drive the external trigger circuitry on the A50 board If turned on the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel The marker signal passing through the A50 board is connected up to the attenuator assembly The signal is then passed to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The 20 ms to 2 ns marker
150. counterclockwise until the spur is at a minimum As you adjust it the spur will move down the waveform towards the right As soon as the spur is minimized stop rotating R1 If you rotate it too far the spur will reappear Once you have turned to the point at which the spur is at a minimum the signal is balanced between the VCOs and you have completed the adjustment om052f eps Figure 6 15 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Balance 5500A Service Manual 6 79 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics The following procedure adjusts the harmonics for the leveled sine wave function Note This procedure should only be used for adjusting the leveled sine wave harmonics Do not use this procedure as a verification test The specifications in this procedure are not valid for verification 1 Setthe Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 50 MHz Stop Frequency 500 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm 2 Use your Spectrum Analyzer s Peak Search function to find the desired reference signal The Analyzer should show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics need to be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 40 dBc and third harmonic should typically be at 50 dBc as shown in Figure 6 16 3 To adjust the harmonics adjust R8 as shown in Figure 6 16 until the peaks of the second and third ha
151. crews from the handles Remove the eight Phillips screws from the bottom cover Remove the bottom cover Remove the three Phillips screws that are accessible through holes in the bottom flange Remove the power switch pushrod Remove the rear panel There are three large cables plus one for fan power This assumes that you have already removed the Main CPU A9 If the Main CPU is still installed there will be one more cable Removing the Filter PCA A12 Proceed as follows to remove the Filter PCA A12 1 4 Remove the top cover and guard box cover as described under Removing Analog Modules Remove all the analog modules Remove the five Phillips screws from the front side of the rear guard box wall Lift out the Filter PCA Removing the Encoder A2 and Display PCAs Proceed as follows to remove the Encoder PCA A2 and display pca s Figure 4 2 shows an exploded view of the front panel assemblies 1 2 Remove top and bottom covers With the bottom side up unplug all the cables going to the front panel One of these cables is fastened by a cable tie that must be cut then replaced with a new one when reassembling Remove the two front handles by removing the six Allen screws from the handles Remove the front panel The Encoder PCA A2 and display pca s are now accessible Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block To remove the keyboard and access the output block proceed as follows 1
152. ction S pecifications 6 9 7 Zeroing 3 20 5500A Service Manual This page is for holding the Reference Document RD fields Do not remove from this master document RD fields will be placed after this text
153. ctions and thermocouple measuring and sourcing e 7 V references e Thermocouple sourcing and measuring amplifier e An A D Analog to Digital measurement system for monitoring all functions e Self calibration circuitry e Zero calibration circuitry e Precision voltage channel DAC VDAC e Precision current channel DAC IDAC Dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer e Inguard CPU that controls relays and latches throughout the analog assemblies These functional blocks when used with the Voltage A8 and or Current A7 assemblies provide single or dual channel ac and dc volts amps and watts offsettable and nonsinusoidal waveforms duty cycle thermocouple measuring and sourcing internal calibration and diagnostics and digital control over all the analog assemblies DACS are used to control the level of dc signals and to control the amplitude of ac signals 2 5 5500A Service Manual 2 6 The dual channel DDS Direct Digital Synthesizer generates finely stepped digital waveforms that take the form of sine triangular and other waveforms Current Assembly A7 The Current assembly outputs six current ranges 330 uA 3 3 mA 33 mA 330 mA 2 2 A and 11 A and two voltage ranges 330 mV and 3 3 V to the AUX outputs The 330 uA range is only available in ac If a 5725A Amplifier is attached 5500A current can also be sourced through the 57254 binding posts The Current assembly works together wit
154. d e DIGITAL TEST Checks the RAM and bus on the Main CPU A9 Running Diagnostics Press followed by UTILITY FUNCTNS SELF TEST and DIAG The menu presents the following choices OPTIONS and GO ON Press GO ON to start diagnostics The 5500A prompts you to remove all cables from the front panel outputs Sequence of Diagnostics Tests After you press the GO NO softkey an automatic sequence of tests begins Diagnostics runs the following tests e General and DDS assembly diagnostics 23 steps e Current assembly A7 diagnostics 24 steps e Synthesized Impedance assembly A5 diagnostics 26 steps e Voltage assembly A8 diagnostics 16 steps Diagnostics Error Messages If an error message appears during diagnostics check the following annotated list to determine which assembly and what circuit is suspect You should perform the diagnositics in proper sequence Each diagnostic test builds on the successful pass of the previous diagnostic test in order to properly diagnose a faulty subcircuit The assembly named in the error message is almost always the assembly that has the fault 1006 DDE FR A6 DCI loop fault Suspects include U57 U31 and U33 on the A6 assembly 1007 DDE FR A6 ACI loop fault Suspects include U3 U14 U34 U37 U38 U44 U47 U84 and U90 on the A6 assembly 4 7 5500A Service Manual 1010 DDE FR A6 ACV loop fault Assuming the dc voltage tests pass there are a number of A6
155. d command Internal state error Invalid keyword or choice Harmonic must be 1 50 Frequency must be gt 0 AC magnitude must be impedance must be gt Function not availabl Value not available Cannot enter watts by itself Output exceeds user limits Duty cycle must be 1 0 99 0 Power factor must be 0 0 1 0 Can t select that field now Edit digit out of range Can t switch edit field now Not editing output now dBm works only for sine ACV Freq too high for non sine Value outside locked range Must specify an output unit Can t do two freqs at once Can t source 3 values at once Temp must be degrees C or F Can t do that now Can t turn on the boost Can t turn off the boost Limit too small or large No changes except RESET now 5725A went away while in use Cannot edit to or from 0 Hz Bad state image not loaded TC offset limited to 500 C Can t go to STBY in Meas TC Can t set an offset now Can t lock this range Can t set phase or PF now Can t set wave now Can t set harmonic now Can t change duty cycle now Can t change compensation now Current OUTPUT moved to 5725A TC ref must be valid TC temp Can t turn EARTH on now STA couldn t update OTD Can t enter W with non sine EE d Ed 9 9 0 lo 0 Maintenance 4 Complete List of Error Messages
156. ding 65535 DDE FR Unknown error d d is unknown error number 4 18 Chapter 5 List of Replaceable Parts Page Introduction a How to Obtain Parts How to Contact Fluke Parts Lists 5 1 5500A Service Manual 5 2 5 1 5 2 List of Replaceable Parts 5 Introduction Introduction This chapter contains an illustrated list of replaceable parts for the 5500A Multi Product Calibrator to the module level only Parts are listed by assembly alphabetized by reference designator Each assembly is accompanied by an illustration showing the location of each part and its reference designator The parts lists give the following information e Reference designator An indication if the part is subject to damage by static discharge e Description e Fluke stock number e Total quantity e Any special notes 1 factory selected part Caution A symbol indicates a device that may be damaged by static discharge How to Obtain Partis Electrical components may be ordered directly from the manufacturer by using the manufacturers part number or from the Fluke Corporation and its authorized representatives by using the part number under the heading FLUKE STOCK NO To order components directly from Fluke Corporation call toll free 800 526 4731 Parts price information is available from the Fluke Corporation or its representatives To ensure prompt delivery
157. e function The first procedure adjusts the balance out of the LO VCO so that the signal is balanced between the two VCOs The second procedure adjusts the harmonics SC600 Option 6 SC600 Hardware Adjustments 6 77 Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you begin this procedure verify that the Calibrator Mainframe is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu is displayed and program it to output 5 5 V p p 600 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 9 for setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the Spectrum Analyzer Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it displays one peak across its horizontal center line The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the center line as shown below 6 78 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Once you have completed the setup described above perform the following procedure to adjust the VCO balance for the leveled sine wave function 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 9 600 MHz 2 Setthe Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 10 MHz Stop Frequency 800 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 30 kHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm The Spectrum Analyzer will display a spur at 153 MHz Refer to Figure 6 15 to identify the spur 3 You need to adjust the wave until the spur is at a minimum To do this slowly rotate shown in the diagram
158. e 45 to 55 6 69 5500A Service Manual 6 70 6 88 Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Range Characteristics into 50 kHz Reference 50 kHz to 100 MHz 100 to 300 MHz 1 500 Amplitude Characteristics Range p p 5mVto5 5V 1 Resolution 100 mV 3 digits 2 100 mV 4 digits Adjustment Range continuously adjustable 1 Year Absolute t 296 of output t 3 596 of output t 496 of output Uncertainty 200 uV 300 uV 300 uV tcal 5 C Flatness relative to 50 kHz not applicable 1 5 of output 2 0 of output 100 uV 100 uV Short term Stability lt 1 2 Frequency Characteristics Resolution 10 Hz 10 kHz 3 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute 25 ppm 15 mHz 25 ppm 4 25 ppm Uncertainty tcal 5 Distortion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic lt 33 dBc 3rd and Higher Harmonics lt 38 dBc 1 Extended frequency range to 350 MHz is provided but flatness is not specified Amplitude is limited to 3 V for frequencies above 250 MHz 2 Within one hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C 3 At frequencies below 120 kHz the resolution is 10 Hz For frequencies between 120 kHz and 999 9 kHz the resolution is 100 Hz 4 25 ppm 15 mHz for frequencies of 1 MHz and below SC300 Option 6 SC300 Specifications 6 89 Time Marker Function S
159. e A7 assembly 1068 DDE FR A7 Shunt amp fault 330 mA Suspects include U6 and Z2 on the A7 assembly 1069 DDE FR A7 Shunt amp fault 11A Suspects include K14 K15 U5 R12 R17 R47 R53 and R59 on the A7 assembly 1070 DDE FR A7 Leakage current fault Suspects include U5 U8 U16 U19 U20 and U23 on the A7 assembly 1071 DDE FR A7 Output amp leakage fault Suspects include Q2 Q3 O4 Q6 Q7 Q10 U10 U11 U13 U14 and U17 on the A7 assembly On the A97 SIP assembly suspects include Q6 Q9 Q18 Q19 U2 and U3 1072 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 3 3 mA Suspects include U19 U21 and the A97 SIP assembly on the A7 assembly 1073 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 3 3 mA Suspects include U19 U21 and the A97 SIP assembly on the A7 assembly 1074 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 3 3 mA Suspects include R7 R13 Q6 and U3 on the A97 assembly 1075 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 3 3 mA Suspects include R7 R13 Q6 and U3 on the A97 assembly 1076 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 33 mA Suspects include K5 R27 R30 Q19 and U2 on the A97 assembly 1077 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 33 mA The primary suspect is R30 on the A97 assembly 1078 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 33 mA Suspects include R27 Q18 and U3 on the A97 assembly 1079 DDE FR A7 Overcurrent fault 33 mA Suspects include R27 Q18 and U3 on the A97 assembly 1082 DDE FR A7 Undercurrent fault 330 mA Suspects include K18 R88 R92 R1
160. e Buyer for importation costs of repair replacement parts when product purchased in one country is submitted for repair in another country Fluke s warranty obligation is limited at Fluke s option to refund of the purchase price free of charge repair or replacement of a defective product which is returned to a Fluke authorized service center within the warranty period To obtain warranty service contact your nearest Fluke authorized service center or send the product with a description of the difficulty postage and insurance prepaid FOB Destination to the nearest Fluke authorized service center Fluke assumes no risk for damage in transit Following warranty repair the product will be returned to Buyer transportation prepaid FOB Destination If Fluke determines that the failure was caused by misuse alteration accident or abnormal condition of operation or handling Fluke will provide an estimate of repair costs and obtain authorization before commencing the work Following repair the product will be returned to the Buyer transportation prepaid and the Buyer will be billed for the repair and return transportation charges FOB Shipping Point THIS WARRANTY IS BUYER S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE REMEDY AND IS IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE FLUKE SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL
161. e Measurement Accuracy test checks the internal temperature reference To perform this test measure a lag bath temperature within 2 C of the 5500 Set the 5500A to Internal Reference J thermocouple type Make connections with J type thermocouple wire as shown in Figure 3 1 Table 3 22 shows the test points Table 3 22 Thermocouple Measurement Accuracy Test Nominal Value C 5500A Reads C 90 Day Spec C Lag bath temperature 2222 71 0 1 3 37 Thermocouple Sourcing Accuracy The Thermocouple Sourcing Accuracy test checks the accuracy of the thermocouple measuring circuitry For this test measure the dc output at the 5500A front panel TC connector with a dc meter observe polarity on the TC connector Select External Reference and the linear output 10 uV C as the thermocouple type Use all copper wires for these connections The Fluke 5500A Leads test lead kit contains a copper TC plug and wire for this purpose Table 3 23 shows the test points Table 3 23 Thermocouple Sourcing Accuracy Test Nominal Value C Equivalent Value Measured Value Deviation 90 Day Spec mV mV 96 mV or 96 TC connector 0 0 000 mV 0 003 mV 100 1 000 0 305 100 1 000 0 305 1000 10 000 0 035 1000 10 000 0 035 10000 100 000 0 008 10000 100 000 0 008 3 38 Thermocouple Measuring Accuracy The Thermocouple Measuring Accuracy test checks the accuracy of the thermocouple measuring circuitry For this test inp
162. e as shown in Figure 3 5 This cable eliminates the need for a four wire connection Note Make sure there are no other connections to the 5500A especially the SCOPE BNC Connecting any additional grounds to the 5500A can cause erroneous capacitance outputs To overcome a noise problem increase the meter s signal current by increasing the voltage or frequency 3 29 5500A Service Manual Table 3 21 Capacitance Accuracy Test Nominal Value LCR Stimulus Measured Deviation 90 Day Spec Frequency Value F 96 96 NORMAL 0 35 nF 1 kHz 3 23 0 48 nF 1 kHz 2 46 0 6 nF 1 kHz 2 05 1 nF 1 kHz 1 38 1 2 nF 1 kHz 1 22 3 nF 1 kHz 0 71 3 3 nF 1 kHz 0 68 10 9 nF 1 kHz 0 47 12 nF 1 kHz 1 03 30 nF 1 kHz 0 52 33 NF 1 kHz 0 49 109 nF 1 kHz 0 28 120 nF 1 kHz 0 44 300 nF 1 kHz 0 29 330 nF 100 Hz 0 49 1 09 uF 100 Hz 0 28 1 2 uF 100 Hz 0 51 3 uF 100 Hz 0 36 3 3 uF 100 Hz 0 56 10 9 uF 100 Hz 0 35 12 uF 100 Hz 0 55 30 uF 100 Hz 0 40 33 uF 100 Hz 0 68 109 uF 100 Hz 0 47 120 uF 100 Hz 0 75 300 uF 100 Hz 0 60 330 uF 50 Hz 1 09 1 1 mF 50 Hz 1 03 3 30 3 36 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Thermocouple Measurement Accuracy The Thermocoupl
163. e circuit current is monitored by the A6 DDS board 6 13 5500A Service Manual 6 14 LF PWB 500 Time Mark II LF Mux 1 1 L J Analog Shaped p O 1 O 6 2 us 10 us i DDS Time Mark III Oscilloscope Calibrator Pulse Shaped Ress 20us 1 us Trigger BNC Trigger 1 10 100 1000 PWB Leveled Sine Wave SCOPE and Time Mark IV Step Attenuator Module Output BNC Unleveled HF Mux Leveled Oc o alos pp detect i PLLs HFM Pwr Amp ux Leveling Loop i External po Clock Edge Level 10 MHz Clock 4 5 600 Option om031f eps Figure 6 1 SC600 Block Diagram SC600 Option Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification 6 27 Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification Table 6 15 lists the equipment recommended models and minimum specifications required for each calibration and verification procedure Table 6 15 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment Wave Generator and Edge Amplitude Calibration AC Voltage and TD Pulser Verification Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Digital Multimeter Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Calibration and AC Voltage Verification BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Edge Rise Time and Aberrations Verification Hi
164. e in the power and dual output modes except minimum current for ac power is 0 33 mA However only those limits shown in this table are specified See Calculating Power Uncertainty to determine the uncertainty at these points e phase adjustment range for dual ac outputs is 0 to 179 99 degrees The phase resolution for 5 to 10 kHz dual ac outputs is 0 02 degree 1 16 5500A Phase Specifications 10 to 65 Hz 0 15 1 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C degrees 65 to 500 Hz 0 9 2 500 to 1 kHz 2 0 3 1k to 5 kHz 6 5k to 10 kHz 10 1 For 33 to 1000 V output burden current 6 mA For 6 to 20 mA burden current 33 to 330 V the phase uncertainty is 0 4 2 For 33 to 1000 V output burden current 2 mA For 2 to 5 mA burden current 33 to 330 V the phase uncertainty is 1 5 3 For 33 to 1000 V output burden current 2 mA For 2 to 5 mA burden current 33 to 330 V the phase uncertainty is 5 1 1 21 5500A Service Manual 1 22 5500A Phase Specifications cont Phase Watts 0 degrees 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90 Phase VARs 90 degrees 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 85 30 25 20 15 10 PF 1 000 0 996 0 985 0 966 0 940 0 906 0 866 0 819 0 766 0 707 0 643 0 574 0 500 0 423 0 342 0 259 0 174 0 087
165. e necessary 5 Repeat step 4 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that WAVEGEN CAL is the next step Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 e 50 Q feedthrough termination Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure fast edge amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate edge amplitude 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near OV and the baseline is a negative voltage 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave
166. e outputs is typical over this frequency band 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty teal 5 96 of output of range 2 Two digits on each range Output Voltage Resolution Six digits on each range Six digits on each range Maximum Voltage Resolution 66 to 659 999 mV 0 66 to 6 59999 V 6 6 to 65 9999 V 2 9 to 65 999 mV 0 01 to 10 Hz Normal Channel Single Output Mode 5 0 0 5 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 20 kHz 0 5 0 25 20 to 100 kHz 5 0 0 5 21 66 to 659 999 mV 0 66 to 6 59999 V Auxiliary Output Dual Output Mode 0 01 to 10 Hz 5 096 0 596 Two digits on each range 10 to 45 Hz 0 25 0 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 25 0 25 Six digits on each range 1 to 10 kHz 5 0 0 5 1 To convert p p to rms for squarewave multiply the p p value by 5000000 2 Uncertainty is stated in p p Amplitude is verified using an rms responding DMM 1 27 5500A Service Manual 1 28 1 23 AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications Range 1 Normal Channel Offset Range Maximum pk 1 Year Absolute Offset Uncertainty tcal 5 C 3 2 Signal Output dc uV Sinewaves 3 3 to 32 999 mV 0 to 50 mV 80 mV 0 196 33 uV 33 to 329 999 mV 0 to 500 mV 800 mV 0 1 330 0 33 to 3 29999 V 0to5V 8V 0 1 3300 3 3 to 32 9999
167. eading for each nominal value listed in Table 6 46 Compare the Calibrator Mainframe capacitance readings to the actual capacitance values and the tolerance column of Table 6 46 Table 6 46 MeasZ Capacitance Verification Calibrator Nominal Mainframe Actual Capacitance Value Capacitance Capacitance Value Tolerance Reading 5 pF 0 75 pF 29 pF 1 95 pF 49 pF 2 95 pF 6 73 Overload Function Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 500 feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe Refer to Figure 6 14 for setup connections 5500A SC600 FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR SC600 Cable 50 Feedthrough Termination om061f eps Figure 6 14 Overload Function Verification Setup 6 59 5500A Service Manual 6 60 Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Overload menu on the display Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector Then follow these steps to verify the overload function 1 Connect the 50 feedthrough termination to the end of the BNC cable 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe output for 5 000 V DC OUT VAL blue softkey and time limit 2 60 s T LIMIT blue softkey 3 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output and verify that the OPR display timer increments 4 Remove the 50 feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and verify that Calibrator Mainfra
168. easuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to retrieve the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details Edge Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 e 500 feedthrough termination Refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure fast edge amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate edge amplitude 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 0002 for measuring the upper part of the wave form i e topline and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the lower part of the wave form i e baseline Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use
169. el CALIBRATION switch does not have to be enabled for this procedure 1 2 DOM we Turn on the Calibrator and allow a warmup period of at least 30 minutes Press the key Install a copper short circuit in the front panel TC connector total instrument zero only Press the key opening the setup menu Press the CAL softkey opening the calibration information menu Press the CAL softkey Press the ZERO softkey to totally zero the 5500A Calibrator press the OHMS ZERO softkey to zero only the ohms function After the zeroing routine is complete several minutes press the key to reset the calibrator Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests 3 27 DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL The DC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of dc voltage at the 5500A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals Table 3 13 shows the test points Table 3 13 DC Voltage Accuracy Test Nominal Value Measured Value Deviation 6 M ii NORMAL 330 mV 0 0000 mV 3 0 uV 330 mV 329 mV 0 0059 330 mV 329 mV 0 005996 3 8 V 0 000 mV 5 3 3 V 3 29 V 0 0042 3 3 V 3 29 V 0 0042 30 V 0 00 mV 50 uV 30 V 32 9 V 0 004296 30 V 32 9 V 0 004296 300 V 50V 0 005596 300 V 329 V 0 004796 300 V 50 V 0 005596 300 V 329 V
170. entry sqrt Column D entry sart Column D entry SC600 Option Verification Table 6 36 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 70 mV Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E 30 1 50 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 400 390 4 00 400 400 480 4 00 570 400 580 4 00 590 400 600 4 00 Complete Columns as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W G Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry Table 6 37 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 250 mV Calibrator P Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz C D E 30 1 50 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 400 390 400 400 400 480 400 570 4 00 580 4 00 590 4 00 600 4 00 Complete Columns A E as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present fr
171. equency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry 6 6 49 5500A Service Manual 6 50 Table 6 38 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 800 mV Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E 30 1 50 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 4 00 390 4 00 400 4 00 480 4 00 570 4 00 580 4 00 590 4 00 600 4 00 Complete Columns A E as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W B Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W C Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry D Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry E Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D entry sqrt Column D entry Table 6 39 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 3 4 V Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz C D E 30 1 50 70 1 50 120 2 00 290 2 00 360 34 00 390 34 00 400 34 00 480 4 00 570 4 00 580 4 00 590 4 00 600 4 00 Complete Columns A E as follows A Enter
172. er 45 m to 65 Hz summary 1 20 AC voltage non sinewave AC voltage sinewave 1 10 AC voltage sinewave extended bandwidth 1 26 AC voltage dc AM AC voltage squarewave characteristics 1 29 AC voltage trianglewave characteristics typical Additional 1 24 Capacitance DC current DC power summary 1 19 DC voltage general Harmonics 2nd 50th 1 25 Power and dual output limit 1 21 Power 1 23 Resistance SC600 6 6 Temperature Calibration RTD 1 1 17 Square Wave Voltage Function Trigger Specifications 6 11 Synthesized Impedance assembly A5 Theory 24 T Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications 1 17 Time Marker function Theory of Operation Verification Time Marker Function Specifications 6 9 Trigger Specifications Trigger Specifications TV Trigger Specifications 6 11 V Verification 3 20 AC current amplitude accuracy 3 28 AC power amplitude accuracy high current AC power amplitude accuracy high power 3 34 AC power amplitude accuracy highvoltage 533 AC voltage accuracy with a dc 3 40 AC voltage amplitude accuracy 3 27 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL 3 25 AC voltage amplitude accuracy squarewaves AUX 18 37 AC voltage amplitude accuracy squarewaves NORMAL 3 36 AC voltage harmonic amplitude accuracy AUX 3 39 AC voltage harmonic amplitude accuracy NORMAL 3 38 Capacit
173. erature Calibration RTD Specifications cont Pt385 5000 200 80 0 03 0 04 80 0 0 04 0 05 0 100 0 05 0 05 100 260 0 06 0 06 260 300 0 07 0 08 300 400 0 07 0 08 400 600 0 08 0 09 600 630 0 09 0 11 Pt385 10000 200 80 0 03 0 03 80 0 0 03 0 03 0 100 0 03 0 04 100 260 0 04 0 05 260 300 0 05 0 06 300 400 0 05 0 07 400 600 0 06 0 07 600 630 0 22 0 23 PtNi385 1200 80 0 0 06 0 08 120 o 100 0 07 0 08 100 260 0 13 0 14 Cu 427 109 3 100 260 0 3 0 3 1 Resolution is 0 003 C 2 Applies for COMP OFF to the 5500A Calibrator front panel NORMAL terminals and 2 wire and 4 wire compensation 3 Based on MINCO Application Aid No 18 Introduction and Specifications Specifications 1 13 DC Power Specification Summary 5500A Calibrator Current Range Voltage Range 3 3 to 8 999 mA 9 to 32 999 mA 33 to 89 99 mA to 329 99 mA Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 90 days 33 mV to 1020 V 0 03 0 02 0 03 0 02 1 year laa mV to 1020 V 0 0496 0 0396 0 0496 0 03 5500A Calibrator Current Range Voltage Range 0 33 to 0 8999 A 0 9 to 2 1999 A Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of watts output 90 days 33 mV to 1020 V 0 07 0 05 0 08 0 06 1 year laa mV to 1020 V 0 0896 0 0696 0 1296 0 09
174. erification procedures refer to Figure 6 13 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Wavegen menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Set the offset to 0 mV and the frequency to 1 kHz Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function Verification at 1 MQ Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 1 MQ The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 MQ 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the wave type and voltage listed in Table 6 41 4 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize then record the 5790A rms reading for each wave type and voltage in Table 6 41 2 SC600 Option 6 Verification Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor listed to convert it to the peak to peak value Compare result to the tolerance column 6 68 Verification at 500 Set the Calibrator Mainframe impedance to 500 The blue softkey under SCOPE Z toggles the impedance between 500 and 1 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 500 feedthrough termination then to the 5790
175. f the edge signal use this point as the reference level Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display With these settings each vertical line on the oscilloscope represents a 146 aberration Determine that the SC300 falls within the typical specifications shown in Table 6 57 6 95 5500A Service Manual Table 6 57 Edge Aberrations Time from 50 of Rising Edge Typical Edge Aberrations 0 10 ns 22 mV 2 296 10 30 ns lt 12 mV 1 2 gt 30 ns lt 7 mV 0 7 6 124 Leveled Sine Wave Reference Verification 6 96 This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana Plug adapter e 500 feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 20 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 500 feedthrough termination then to the 5790 INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and Hi Res on Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage
176. former connections for the outguard supplies come through one bundle of wires connected to the motherboard with P1 A row of test points is provided in front of the fan for the raw and regulated supplies The supplies are fused on the motherboard It is unlikely the fuses will blow unless there is another fault since the regulators will current limit below the fuse ratings The outguard supplies are used only by the CPU assembly A9 and Encoder A2 assemblies Inguard Supplies The inguard supplies are located on the Voltage assembly A8 The transformer connections inguard SCOM referenced are connected to the Motherboard A3 via J209 Fuses for each of the supplies are located on the Motherboard It is unlikely the fuses will blow unless there is another fault since the regulators will current limit below the fuse ratings Filter capacitors for the high current supply for the Current assembly A7 are located on the Filter assembly A12 The inguard SCOM referenced supplies are 15 V 15 V 5 V 5 V and 5RLH The 5 V and 5RLH supplies share the same raw supply The 5RLH supply is used exclusively as a relay driver and is nominally about 6 3 V Test points for these supplies are located in a row across the top of the Voltage assembly The 65 V supplies are rectified and filtered on the Motherboard but regulated on the Voltage assembly A8 Wa da Ln K l2 02
177. g with level triggering enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 kHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 LEVEL 1 DELAY 0002 TRIG LEVEL To find the average of multiple readings you can program one of the keys to MATH OFF MATH STAT and then use the RMATH MEAN function to recall the average or mean value Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper connections DC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e 50 Q feedthrough termination as required in the calibration procedure e Shorted Dual Banana Connector e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Note Full calibration of the Voltage Function requires both dc and ac calibration Refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode DC Voltage section Follow these steps to calibrate DC Voltage 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458 input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Press the GO ON blue softkey 6 79 5500A Service Manual 6 80 6 105 4 Ensure the HP 3458 reading is 0 0 V DC 100 Press
178. gh Tektronix 11801 with Frequency 12 5 GHz Frequency Tektronix SD 22 26 Digital Storage sampling head or HP 3458A Voltage 1 8 mV to 130 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Edge 4 5 mV to 2 75 V p p Uncertainty 0 06 Feedthrough 50 196 used with Edge Amplitude Oscilloscope Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth Resolution 4 5 mV to 2 75 V Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA 10 dB 3 5 mm m f or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Adapter BNC f to 3 5 mm m BNC Cable supplied with SC600 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration and Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 5 mV p p to 5 5 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 50 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 DC and AC Voltage Calibration and Verification DC Voltage Verification Digital HP 3458A Multimeter Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Plug Termination Feedthrough 50 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC600 6 6 15 5500A Service Manual Table 6 15 SC600 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Pulse Width Calibration and Verification High Frequency Digital Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD Storage Oscilloscope 22 26 sampling head Attenuator 3 dB 3 5 mm m f Adapter 2 BNOC f to 3 5 mm m
179. h IEC 1010 1 1992 1 ANSI ISA S82 01 1994 CAN CSA C22 2 No 1010 1 92 Analog Low Isolation 20V EMC Designed to comply with FCC Rules Part 15 VFG 243 1991 If used in areas with Electromagnetic fields of 1 to 3 V m resistance outputs have a floor adder of 0 508 Performance not specified above 3 V m This instrument may be susceptible to electro static discharge ESD from direct contact to the binding posts Good static aware practices should be followed when handling this and other pieces of electronic equipment Line Power e Line Voltage selectable 100 V 120 V 220 V 240 V Line Frequency 47 Hz to 63 Hz e Line Voltage Variation 10 about line voltage setting Power Consumption 5500A Calibrator 300 VA 5725A Amplifier 750 VA Dimensions 5500A Calibrator Height 17 8 cm 7 inches standard rack increment plus 1 5 cm 0 6 inch for feet on bottom of unit e Width 43 2 cm 17 inches standard rack width e Depth 47 3 18 6 inches overall 5725A Amplifier Height 13 3 cm 5 25 inches standard rack increment plus 1 5 cm 0 6 inch for feet on bottom of unit e Width 43 2 cm 17 inches standard rack width Depth 63 0 cm 24 8 inches overall Weight without options 5500A Calibrator 22 kg 49 Ib 5725A Amplifier 32 kg 70 pounds Absolute Uncertainty Definition The 5500A specifications include stability temperature coefficient linearity line and
180. h the DDS A6 assembly The Filter A12 assembly provides the high current power supplies The Current assembly A7 contains the following blocks e floating supply e Several stages of transconductance amplifier Current sensing shunts and shunt amplifier These are the accuracy setting elements e AUX voltage function Operating power for the Current assembly is filtered by the Filter assembly A12 Its common is separated from SCOM by a shunt resistor Figure 2 4 is a block diagram of the current function Note that the DDS assembly works together with the Current assembly to generate current outputs DDS Assembly A6 Current Assembly A7 Current IDAC Error Amp AUX HI AUX LO AC ac Converter om006f eps Figure 2 4 Current Function Theory of Operation Voltage Assembly A8 2 6 Voltage Assembly 8 The Voltage assembly A8 generates dc and ac voltage outputs in the range 3 3 V and above It also provides all the inguard supplies referenced to SCOM as described under the heading Power Supplies Figure 2 5 is a block diagram of the voltage function and shows the signal paths for dc and ac voltage outputs The DAC shown in the figure is VDAC which resides on the DDS assembly Note that the voltage amplifier for outputs 23 3 V resides on the Voltage assembly but the amplifier for voltage outputs 3 3 V is on the DDS assembly Voltage Amp gt 3 3V A8
181. he HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 Q termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 Q termination is closest to the HP 3458A input Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ Proceed with the following steps 1 Set the HP 3458 to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the topline of the wave form and the DELAY to 0012 for measuring the baseline of the wave form Manually lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step See Table 6 22 Enable the Calibrator Mainframe external trigger by toggling the blue softkey under TRIG to 1 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 22 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements for more details 4 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement as indicated in Table 6 22 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the resu
182. he final column Table 6 32 Low Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe n c Flatness Specification 96 Frequency 50 kHz 500kHz 1 50 1 MHz 1 50 2 MHz 1 50 5 MHz 1 50 10 MHz 1 50 Complete Columns A C as follows A Enter 5790A Reading mV for the present frequency B Enter 5790A Reading mV for 50 kHz C Compute and enter the Calibrator Mainframe Flatness Deviation 96 100 Column A entry Column B entry Column B entry 6 64 High Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing high frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 33 For this voltage range you will use the model HP 8482A power sensor 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 30 MHz Press oPR on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the power meter reading to stabilize The power meter should display approximately 75 mW Enter the power meter s reading in Column A of Table 6 33 SC600 Option Verification Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 33 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 33 Allow the power meter s reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Colum
183. hecks the amplitude accuracy of the dc current output at the AUX terminals in the presence of dc voltage at the NORMAL terminals Use the connections shown in Figure 3 2 Table 3 26 shows the test points Table 3 26 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test AUX Nominal Value Nominal Value NORMAL Measured Value A Deviation 90 Day Spec AUX AUX 1000 V 100 uA 0 06 1000 V 1 mA 0 015 329 V 2 19A 0 025 1000 V 11A 0 041 3 41 Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Voltage The AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Voltage test checks the current outputs at the AUX terminals in the presence of a high voltage Use the 5790A A40 and A40A shunts and the shunt adapter as described in the 5790A Operator Manual Table 3 27 shows the test points Table 3 27 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Voltage Nominal Nominal Frequency Phase Measured Value Value degrees Value A NORMAL AUX AUX 1000 V 3 3 mA 65 Hz 0 1000 V 3 3 mA 65 Hz 90 1000 V 33 mA 500 Hz 0 1000 V 33 mA 500 Hz 90 1000 V 33 mA 1 kHz 0 1000 V 33 mA 5 kHz 0 1000 V 33 mA 7 kHz 10 kHz 0 optional Optional 33 mA 10 kHz 800 V 3 42 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Current The AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Current test checks the voltage outputs at the NORMAL terminals in the p
184. ifications Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 Res Com Max Ranges Frequency t of output uA olution pliance Induc Voltage tive 90 days 1 year Load 0 029 to 0 32999 mA 10 to 20 Hz 0 25 0 15 0 01 yA 3 0 V rms 1 uH 20 to 45 Hz 0 12 0 15 5 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 2 025 5 lo 1105 kHz 04 015 5 to 10 kHz 1 25 0 15 0 33103 2999 mA 10 to 20 Hz 02 03 0 01 3 0 V rms 20 to 45 Hz 0 1 0 3 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 1 0 3 1 to 5 kHz 0 2 0 3 5 to 10 kHz 0 6 0 3 3 3 to 32 999 mA 10 to 20 Hz 0 2 3 0 1 S0Vrms 200 gH 20 to 45 Hz 0 1 3 10 to 500 Hz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 09 3 1 to 5 kHz 0 2 3 1 uH 5 to 10 kHz 0 6 3 500 Hz to 10 kHz 3310 329 99 mA 101020 Hz 015 30 o2 1 80to20V 200nH 20 to 45 Hz 0 08 30 0 1 30 rms 10 to 500 Hz 45Hzto1kHz 007 30 009 1 1 to 5 kHz 015 30 o2 30 Sup 5 to 10 kHz 045 30 0 6 30 500 Hz to 10 kHz 0 33 to 2 19999A 10 to 45 Hz 0 2 300 10 30020 200 up 45 Hz to 1 kHz 0 1 300 rms 45 to 500 Hz 1 to 5 kHz 0 7 300 0 75 300 2 5 pH 500 Hz to 5 kHz 2210 11 45 to 65 Hz 0 00 2000 100 2 810 1 25 V 200 uH 65 to 500 Hz 0 10 2000 rms 45 to 65 Hz 500Hzto1kHz 0 25 2000 0 33 2000 3 1 uH 65 Hz to 1 1 5500A Service Manual AC Current Sinewave Specifications cont Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 Res Com Max Ranges Frequency t of output uA olution pliance Induc
185. ill display a spur in the waveform approximately 1 MHz away from the carrier frequency Refer to Figure 6 31 to identify the spur 6 115 5500A Service Manual 3 You need to adjust the wave until the spur disappears To do this slowly rotate R44 shown in the diagram counterclockwise until the spur just disappears As you adjust it the spur will move down the waveform towards the right As soon as the spur is gone stop rotating R44 If you rotate it too far the spur will reappear Once you have turned R44 to the point at which the spur just disappears the signal is balanced between the VCOs and you have completed the adjustment R44 0371 Figure 6 31 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Balance 6 149 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 116 The following procedure adjusts the harmonics for the leveled sine wave function Note This procedure should only be used for adjusting the leveled sine wave harmonics Do not use this procedure as a verification test The specifications in this procedure are not valid for verification Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 50 MHz Stop Frequency 500 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm Use your Spectrum Analyzer s Peak Search function to find the desired reference signal The Analyzer should show the fundamental
186. ilter PCA A12 essere Removing the Encoder A2 and Display PCAS Removing the Keyboard and Accessing the Output Block Diagnostic Running Diagnostics 0 2 41 nennen nennen nennen Sequence of Diagnostics 2 0 24221 Diagnostics Error Testing the Front Panel sss sese Internal Fuse Complete List of Error 4 1 5500A Service Manual 4 2 Maintenance 4 Introduction Introduction Because this is a high performance instrument it is not recommended that the user service the boards to the component level In many different ways it is easy to introduce a subtle long term stability problem by handling the boards Access procedures are provided for those who want to replace a faulty module Access Procedures Use the following procedures to remove the following assemblies e Analog modules e Main CPU A9 e Rear Panel Module transformer and ac line input components e Filter PCA A12 e Encoder A2 and display assemblies Keyboard PCA and thermocouple I O Removing Analog Modules Proceed as follows to remove the Voltage A8 Current A7 DDS A6 or Synthesized Impedance A5 modules 1 Remove the eight Phillips screws from the top cover 2 Remove the
187. ime from 50 of Rising Edge Typical Edge Aberrations 0 2ns 32 mV 3 296 22518 22 mv 2 296 pem 12 mV 1 296 gt 15 ns lt 7 mv 0 7 6 56 Tunnel Diode Pulser Drive Amplitude Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Set the Calibrator Mainframe in Scope Cal mode Edge Proceed with the following steps 1 Connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458 input using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Refer to Figure 6 2 for the proper setup connections 2 Activate the TD Pulser output by pushing the TDPULSE blue softkey The output should now be at 80 V peak to peak 100 kHz STANDBY 3 Set the HP 3458A DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00012 for measuring the topline and DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline Manually range lock the HP 3458A to the 100 V dc range 4 Change the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency to 10 kHz Push the operate key and use the HP 3458A to measure the topline and baseline 5 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline Record these values in Table 6 28 and compare against the listed tolerance Table 6 28 Tunnel Diode Pulser Amplitude Verification Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak Tolerance Mainframe Range Reading Reading V
188. in time base position until the pulse signal spans between half and the full display If no pulse is output increase the pulse width using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until a pulse is output 6 If prompted to adjust the pulse width by the Calibrator Mainframe display adjust the pulse width to as close to 4 ns as possible using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob then press the GO ON blue softkey 7 Allow the DSO width reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe issues a warning when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading with the proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs enter a value between the displayed pulse width and the previously entered value Keep attempting this moving closer and closer to the displayed pulse width until the value is accepted Complete the pulse width calibration procedure The pulse width calibration procedure must now be repeated until all entered values are accepted the first time without warning 8 Repeat steps 5 to 7 until the Calibrator Mainframe display prompts to connect a resistor Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants MeasZ Calibration The MeasZ function is calibrated using resistors and a capacitor of known values The actual resistan
189. inal value in peak to peak Table 3 33 shows the test points Table 3 33 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AUX Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 1 Year Spec p p NORMAL p p AUX V rms AUX 96 3V 300 mV 10 Hz 1 350 3V 300 mV 1 kHz 0 800 3V 300 mV 5 kHz 6 100 3V 300 mV 10 kHz 6 100 sv 10 Hz 1 350 sv 4 kHz 0 800 sv 5 kHz 6 100 3V 3V 10 kHz 6 100 3 5500A Service Manual 3 47 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL The AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL tests the accuracy of the harmonics from the NORMAL terminals For this test set the 5500A output to sinewave Table 3 34 shows the test points Table 3 34 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL Nominal Nominal Frequency Harmonic Frequency Measured Deviat 90 Value Value AUX NORMAL NORMAL Value V Spec NORMAL AUX NORMAL 96 30 mV 300 mV 20 Hz 50th 1 kHz 0 24396 30 mV 300 mV 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz 0 243 30 mV 300 mV 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 243 300 mV 300 mV 20 Hz 50th 1 kHz 0 053 300 mV 300 mV 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz 0 053 300 mV 300 mV 200 Hz 50th 10 kHz 0 053 3V 3V 20 Hz 50th 1 kHz 0 024 3V 3V 100 Hz 50th 5 kHz
190. ing the HP E4418A Power Meter to the HP 8482A or 8481D Power Sensor D 000000 om036f eps Figure 6 27 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP Power Meter and Power Sensor 6 101 5500A Service Manual 6 130 Low Frequency Verification This procedure provides an example of testing low frequency flatness using a 5 5 V output Follow the same procedure for testing other amplitudes only compare results against the flatness specification listed in Table 6 61 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5 V 500 KHz Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Allow the 5790A reading to stabilize The 5790A should display approximately 1 94 V rms Enter the 5790A reading in Column A of Table 6 61 3 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 61 4 Enterthe next frequency listed in Table 6 61 Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table 5 Enter 50 kHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then enter the 5790A reading in Column B of Table 6 61 6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 61 Continue until you have completed Columns
191. ing the lower part of the wave form i e baseline For measurements of a 10 kHz signal set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 001 LEVEL 1 TRIG LEVEL and the DELAY to 00002 for measuring the topline and the DELAY to 00007 for measuring the baseline 2 Manually lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the baseline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near and the baseline is a negative voltage See Table 6 54 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements earlier in this section for more details 4 The peak to peak value of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Record each reading as indicated in Table 6 54 5500A Service Manual Table 6 54 Edge Amplification Verification Peak to Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak x Tolerance Mainframe Edge Range Reading Reading Peak Correction V Output 100 mV 1 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0022 1 00V 1 kHz 1V dc 0 0202 5 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc
192. ion connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe the external 50 O termination and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter The 50 O termination is closest to the HP 3458 input Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 Q The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 Proceed with the following steps 1 Set the HP 3458A to the values shown in Table 6 48 Manually lock the HP 3458A to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 52 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for Square Wave Measurements for more details 3 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement as indicated in Table 6 52 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload z the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare the result to the tolerance column Table 6 52 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 1 Year Spec p p p p mV m
193. ith 5026 Sampling Head 6 3 dB Attenaator 3 5 mm m f A O SENSE AUX NORMAL AUX_ SCOPE n BNC F to 3 5 mm m Adapter om058f eps Figure 6 7 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 250 mV 1 kHz Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Horizontal scale 500 ps div Measurement Function Rise Time 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage and frequency listed in Table 6 26 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is centered on the display Record the rise time measurement in column A of Table 6 26 5500A Service Manual 3 Correct the rise time measurement by accounting for the SD 22 26 sampling head s rise time SD 22 26 rise time is specified as 28 ps Column B sqrt Column AY SD 22 26 rise time 4 The edge rise time measured should be less than the time indicated in Table 6 26 Rise time measures between these two points
194. just R57 until this first ledge is on the horizontal center line When you make this adjustment the ledge will lose some of its flatness Return to R1 and flatten the ledge as much as possible Then return to R57 and try to position the ledge on the center line while keeping it as flat as possible You want to achieve the best combination of flatness and position As you make these adjustments make sure the peak remains between 4 ns and 6 ns It is possible to achieve a very flat ledge close to the horizontal center but if the peak is too high or too low then the aberrations will not be properly adjusted SC300 Option SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board Typically this board shows aberrations of 1 Note Aberration adjustments are interactive with rise time adjustments When you have completed this aberration adjustment verify the edge rise time to ensure that it remains within tolerance If it does not repeat the aberration and rise time adjustments until you achieve the best compromise within the listed tolerance levels om042f eps Figure 6 36 Adjusting the Peak Base with R57 Adjust R1 so the first 2ns are as flat as possible L R1 om043f eps Figure 6 37 Adjust the Ledge Flatness with R1 6 121 5500A Service Manual 6 122 6 154 6 155 6 156 Adjusting the Rise Time for the Edge Function This p
195. k with R57 6 119 5500A Service Manual 6 120 Ledge on center line R16 om041f eps Figure 6 35 Adjusting the Ledge with R16 Note Aberration adjustments are interactive with rise time adjustments When you have completed this aberration adjustment verify the edge rise time to ensure that it remains within tolerance If it does not repeat the aberration and rise time adjustments until you achieve the best compromise within the listed tolerance levels 6 153 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 Follow this procedure only if you have Board 5500A 4004 Fluke PN 937383 1 Adjust the dc offset on the 11801B so the peak of the square wave is on the center line Change the time div on the 11801B to 5 ns div Adjust R16 so that the wave crosses the horizontal center line one division before the vertical center Slowly adjust pot R57 and observe its effect on the first 15 ns of the waveform Adjust R57 so the rising edge falls back and crosses the horizontal center line one division before the vertical center The edge should cross the center line at two points where it rises and falls and these points should be 20 ns apart Refer to Figure 6 36 Change the time div on the 11801B to 2 ns div Now adjust pot R1 and observe the ledge that occurs within the first 2 ns of the rising edge Adjust R1 so this ledge is as flat as possible Refer to Figure 6 37 Now ad
196. kHz 0 171 0 33 mA 5 kHz 0 241 1 9 mA 1 kHz 0 096 1 9 mA 10 kHz 0 466 3 29 mA 10Hz 0 159 3 29 mA 45 Hz 0 089 3 29 mA 1 kHz 0 089 3 29 mA 5 kHz 0 159 3 29 mA 10 kHz 0 459 3 3 mA 1 kHz 0 161 3 3 mA 5 kHz 0 241 19 mA 1 kHz 0 086 19 mA 10 kHz 0 466 32 9 mA 10Hz 0 159 32 9 mA 45 Hz 0 079 32 9 mA 1 kHz 0 079 Calibration and Verification 3 Performance Verification Tests Table 3 20 AC Current Amplitude Accuracy Test cont Nominal Value Frequency Measured Value Deviation 6 90 Day Spec A AUX 32 9 mA 5 kHz 0 159 32 9 mA 10 kHz 0 459 33 mA 1 kHz 0 161 33 mA 5 kHz 0 241 190 mA 1 kHz 0 086 190 mA 10 kHz 0 466 329 mA 10 Hz 0 159 329 mA 45 Hz 0 080 329 mA 1 kHz 0 080 329 mA 5 kHz 0 159 329 mA 10 kHz 0 459 0 33 A 1 kHz 0 171 0 33 A 5 kHz 0 791 2 19 A 45 Hz 0 094 2 19 A 1 kHz 0 094 2 19 A 5 kHz 0 714 2 2A 500 Hz 0 171 2 2 1 kHz 0 471 11A 45 Hz 0 068 11A 500 Hz 0 098 11A 1 kHz 0 268 3 35 Capacitance Accuracy The Capacitance Accuracy test verifies the accuracy of the synthesized capacitance output at the 5500A Calibrator front panel AUX terminals Table 3 21 shows the test points Use the Fluke 6304C LCR Meter with PM9540 BAN output cabl
197. l Wave generator Procedure provided in this manual amplitude Pulse width period Procedure provided in this manual MeasZ resistance Procedure provided in this manual capacitance Overload functionality Procedure provided in this manual 6 28 6 44 6 45 6 46 SC600 Option 6 Verification DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses the following equipment Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 For DC voltage verification refer to Figure 6 3 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the wave generator function Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 19 Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 19 4 Compare result to the tolerance column Verificatio
198. l terminal or computer 3 5500A computes a software correction factor and stores it in volatile memory When the calibration process is compete you are prompted to either store all the correction factors in nonvolatile memory or discard them and start over For routine calibration all steps except frequency and phase are necessary All the routine calibration steps are available from the front panel interface as well as the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial Frequency and phase calibration are recommended after instrument repair and are available only by way of the remote interface IEEE 488 or serial Remote commands for calibration are described at the end of this chapter Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification The equipment listed in Table 3 1 is required to calibrate and verify performance of the 5500A If a specified instrument is not available you can substitute an instrument that assures a 4 1 Test Uncertainty Ratio 3 3 5500A Service Manual Table 3 1 Required Equipment for Calibration and Verification Equipment Recommended Model Purpose Test Lead Kit Fluke 5500A Leads Provides test cables esp TC leads 8 1 2 digit DMM HP 3458A DC volts resistance Mercury Thermometer ASTM 56C Temperature reference 100 mV dc source Fluke 5500A 5700A 5440B or Source for thermocouple 5100B measurements characterize w the DMM if necessary Phase Meter Clarke Hess 6000 Phase
199. le Current above multiplied by Rout 2 Maximum lead resistance for no additional error in 2 wire 5500A Service Manual 1 8 Ranges 1 0 to 32 999 mV 33 to 329 999 mV 0 33 to 3 29999 V 3 3 to 32 9999 V 33 to 329 999 V 330 to 1020 V AC Voltage Sinewave Specifications Frequency Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C of output uV 90 days 1 year 10 to 45 Hz 0 26 20uv 0 35 20 uw 45Hzto10kHz 0 11 20 0 15 10 to 20 kHz 0 15 20 0 2 20 to 50 kHz 019 20 0 25 50 to 100 kHz 026 33 0 35 100 to 500 kHz 075 60 1 10 to 45 Hz 0 19 50 0 25 45Hzto10kHz 0 04 20 0 05 10 to 20 kHz 0 08 20 0 1 20 to 50 kHz 0 12 40 0 16 50 to 100 kHz 0 17 170 0 24 100 to 500 kHz 0 53 330 0 7 10 to 45 Hz 011 250 0 15 45Hzto10kHz 002 60 0 03 10 to 20 kHz 0 00 60 0 08 20 to 50 kHz 0 10 300 0 14 50 to 100 kHz 100 to 500 kHz 10 to 45 Hz 45 Hz to 10 kHz 10 to 20 kHz 20 to 50 kHz 50 to 100 kHz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 10 kHz 10 to 20 kHz 45 Hz to 1 kHz 1 to 5 kHz 5 to 10 kHz 0 17 1700 0 24 0 38 3300 0 5 0 11 2500 0 15 0 03 600 0 04 0 06 2600 0 08 0 14 5000 0 19 0 17 17000 0 24 0 04 6 6mV 0 05 0 06 15 0 08 0 07 33 0 09 0 04 80 mV 0 05 0 15 100 0 20 0 15 500 0 20 Res olution 1 uV 1 UV 10 uV 100 uV 1mV 10 Max Burden 1 500 500 10 10 5 mA except 20 mA for
200. listed in Table 6 58 4 Allow the 5790 reading to stabilize then record the 5790A s rms reading for each voltage listed in Table 6 58 5 Multiply the rms reading by the conversion factor of 2 8284 to convert it to the peak to peak value 6 Multiply the peak to peak value by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column SC300 Option 6 Verification Table 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification Calibrator 5790A Reading 5790A Reading x 2 8284 Tolerance Mainframe V rms V p p V p p output 50 kHz 5 0 mV 0 4 mV 10 0 mV 0 5 mV 20 0 mV 0 7 mV 40 0 mV 1 1 mV 50 0 1 3 100 0 2 3 2000mV 4 3 mV 400 0 mV 8 8 mV 500 0mV 10 3 mV 13V 0 0263 V 2 0 V 0 0403 V 5 5V 0 1103 V 6 125 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e PM 6680 Frequency Counter with a prescaler for the Channel C input Option PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 Refer to Figure 6 21 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave amplitude 1 Setthe PM 668
201. ll warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the actual resistance insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 4 When prompted by the Calibrator Mainframe disconnect the 50 resistance and connect the resistance to the end of the BNC cable Press the GO ON blue softkey Enter the actual IMQ resistance When prompted for the first reference capacitor by the Calibrator Mainframe disconnect the resistance and leave nothing attached to the end of the BNC cable 8 Press the GO ON blue softkey 9 Enter 0 10 When prompted for the second reference capacitor by the Calibrator Mainframe connect the 50 pF capacitance to the end of the BNC cable 11 Press the GO ON blue softkey 12 Enter the actual 50 pF capacitance 6 27 5500A Service Manual 13 The Calibrator Mainframe will prompt that the calibration is complete Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 6 43 Verification All of the Oscilloscope Calibration functions should be verified at least once per year or each time the SC600 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section provide traceable results however the factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those described here The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide
202. lloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 104 Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent e Cable provided with SC300 e Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function There is one adjustment procedure that needs to be made for the leveled sine wave function The procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you begin this procedure verify that the Calibrator Mainframe is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu is displayed and program it to output 5 5 V p p 50 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 24 for setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the Spectrum Analyzer Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it displays one peak across its horizontal centerline The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the centerline as shown below Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Note This procedure should only be used for adjusting the leveled sine wave harmonics Do not use this procedure as a verification test The specifications in this procedure are not valid for verification Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 50 MHz Stop Frequency 500 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 3 MHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm Use your Spectru
203. low F fault Suspects include transformer T3 U16 and U13 1032 DDE FR A8 330V AC high F fault Suspects include transformer T2 and U4 1033 DDE FR A8 330V DC fault Suspects include CR4 through 6 CR16 CR19 CR20 C2 and C24 on the A8 assembly 1034 DDE FR A8 1000V AC low F fault Suspects include transformer T3 U16 and U13 on the A8 assembly 1035 DDE FR A8 1000V AC high F fault Suspects include transformer T2 and U4 on the A8 assembly 1036 DDE FR A8 1000V DC fault Suspects include CR4 through 6 CR16 CR19 CR20 C2 and C24 on the 8 assembly 4 9 5500A Service Manual 1040 DDE FR A5 interface fault Is the A5 assembly installed If so suspect circuitry includes A5 digital ICs U14 U12 or CMOS switch U7 relay K15 and driver U15 1041 DDE FR A5 X1 input amp fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U34 U20 U8 U7 Q4 and Q3 as well as the 17 and 17 V supplies and their associated circuitry 1042 DDE FR A5 lo comp amp fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U3 U37 U4 U5 and U7 1043 DDE FR A5 coarse ZDAC fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U25 U1 U24 U39 and U4 1044 DDE FR A5 fine ZDAC fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U22 or U23 and U4 1045 DDE FR A5 inverting amp fault Suspect ICs on the A5 assembly include U24 U1 and relay K16 and respective relay driver U30 1046 DDE FR A5 X2 45 input amp fault Suspect ICs
204. lser Drive Amplitude Verification 6 57 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sss sese eee eee eee 6 58 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 60 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification 2 80222 6 61 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness 6 62 Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness 6 63 Low Frequency Verification seen 6 64 High Frequency Verification 2 6 65 Time Marker 6 66 Wave Generator 6 67 Verification at 1 6 68 Verification at 50 6 69 Pulse Width Verification sess 6 70 Pulse Period Verification 6 71 MeasZ Resistance 6 72 MeasZ Capacitance 6 73 Overload Function Verification 6 74 8 600 Hardware Adjustments sss esse eee eee eee ee 6 75 Equipment Required sss essen 6 00 Contents continued 6 76 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function suse 6 60 6 77 SSU D RENT 6 78 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance 6 79 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 8
205. lt menu on the display Then use the next sections to verify the DC Voltage function 6 113 Verification at 1 MQ For the 1 MQ verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 MQ The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 49 Press opr on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 49 4 Compare result to the tolerance column 6 114 Verification at 50 0 For the 50 verification connect the SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC to Banana Plug adapter 6 84 SC300 Option Verification 6 Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe imp edance is set to 50 O The blue softkey under Output Z toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 1 Set the HP 3458A to Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 50 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabi voltage in Table 6 50 lize then record the HP
206. lt to the tolerance column Table 6 22 AC Voltage Verification at 500 Calibrator Mainframe HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak x Tolerance Output Range Reading Reading Peak to Peak Correction V 1 kHz 1 100 mV 0 000043 1mV 100 mV dc 0 000043 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000103 25 100 mV dc 0 000103 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 000315 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 000315 500 mV 1Vdc 0 00129 500mV 1Vdc 0 00129 22 10V dc 0 00554 2 2V 10V dc 0 00554 6 6 V 10 V dc 0 01654 6 6 V 10 V dc 0 01654 6 33 5500A Service Manual 6 50 AC Voltage Frequency Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 5500A SC600 FLUKE CALIBRATOR SC600 Cable 55004 E At 50 MHZ PM 6680A om057f eps Figure 6 6 AC Voltage Frequency Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify AC Voltage frequency 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 1MQ impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on
207. luke for calibration and verification The unit should be returned with its cable The Calibrator Mainframe must be fully calibrated prior to performing any of the SC300 calibration procedures The hardware adjustments are intended to be one time adjustments performed in the factory however adjustment may be required after repair Hardware adjustments must be performed prior to calibration Calibration must be performed after any hardware adjustments See Hardware Adjustments in this chapter The AC Square Wave Voltage function is dependent on the DC Voltage function Calibration of the AC Voltage function is required after the DC Voltage is calibrated The Calibrator Mainframe must complete a warm up period and the SC300 must be enabled for at least 5 minutes prior to calibration to allow internal components to thermally stabilize The Calibrator Mainframe warm up period is at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes The SC300 is enabled by pressing the front panel score key The green indicator on the key will be illuminated when the SC300 is enabled Much of the SC300 can be calibrated interactively from the front panel Enable the 5 300 and wait at least 5 minutes Enter Scope Cal mode by pressing the front panel key CAL blue softkey second CAL blue softkey and SCOPE CAL blue softkey Entering Scope Cal mode prior to having the SC300 enabled for at least 5 minutes will cause
208. m Analyzer s Peak Search function to find the desired reference signal The Analyzer should show the fundamental and second and third harmonics The harmonics need to be adjusted so that the second harmonic is at 34 dBc and third harmonic should typically be greater than or equal to 39 dBc as shown in Figure 6 29 To adjust the harmonics adjust R8 as shown in Figure 6 29 until the peaks of the second and third harmonic are at the correct dB level You may find that you can place the second harmonic at 34 dBc but the third harmonic is less than 39 dBc If this is the case continue adjusting R8 until the third harmonic is at 39dBc and the second SC300 Option 6 SC300 Hardware Adjustments harmonic is greater than or equal to 34dBc The second harmonic will fluctuate but there is a point at which both harmonics will be at the correct decibel level 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic yg127f eps Figure 6 29 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 141 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Adjustments need to be made after repair to the edge function to adjust the edge aberrations 6 142 Equipment Setup The following equipment is needed for this procedure e Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 20 dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 20 SMA or Weinschel 18W 20 or equivalent Output cable provided with the SC300 Before you begin this p
209. mV 0 00000 0 00400 0 0 DC33V 32 99999 V 0 0000 mV 0 00000 0 00400 0 0 DC330V 329 9999 V 0 000 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC DC330V 130 0000 V 0 000 mV 0 00000 0 01000 0 0 DC330V 30 0000 V 0 000 mV 0 00000 0 01000 0 0 DC330V 329 9999 V 0 000 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC DC1000V 1000 000 V 0 00 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC DC1000V 100 000 V 0 00 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC E DC1000V 100 000 V 0 00 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC DC1000V 1000 000 V 0 00 mV 0 00000 NO SPEC Secondary DC Voltage DCV RANGE AND VALUE OUTPUT SHIFT 90 DAY SPEC OF SPEC DC330MV 5 329 999 mV 0 00 uv 0 00000 0 13610 0 0 DC330MV S 329 999 mV 0 00 uv 0 00000 0 13610 0 0 continued 3 18 Calibration and Verification Generating a Calibration Report 3 22 Calibration Shifts Report Spreadsheet Format ACTIVE 0 STORED 0 OLD 0 DC330MV 329 9999 mV 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00006 DC330MV 329 9999 mV 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00006 DC3_3V 3 299999 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00004 DC3 3V 3 299999 V 0 00 Hz 0et 00 V 0 00000 0 00004 DC33V 32 99999 V 0 00 Hz 0et 00 V 0 00000 0 00004 DC33V 32 99999 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00004 DC330V 329 9999 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000 DC330V 30 0000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00010 DC330V 30 0000 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00010 DC330V 329 9999 V 0 00 Hz 0e 00 V 0 00000 0 00000
210. mands for 5500A Calibration later in this chapter In remote you can jump to NORMAL volts and AUX volts phase calibration by sending the command GI CAL START FACTORY PHAS Measure with a phase meter of suitable accuracy as shown in Figure 3 7 Enter into the 5500A the measured values when prompted The 5500A outputs the voltages shown in Table 3 10 The 5500A is automatically set to LOs open AUX Output Terminals Reference Terminals NORMAL SS Output Terminals Clark Hess Phase Meter Signal Terminals om014f eps Figure 3 7 Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Calibration Table 3 10 Normal Volts and AUX Volts Phase Calibration Steps Reference Signal Step NORMAL Output AUX output Frequency 0 1 3 00 V 300 mV 10 kHz 2 3 00 V 3 00 V 10 kHz 3 18 Volts and AUX Current Phase The 5500A outputs the voltages and currents shown in Figure 3 8 The 5500A is automatically set to LOs open You need to externally connect the NORMAL LO and AUX LO To measure the phase connect a 0 1 1 0 W low inductive shunt directly across the AUX terminals and sense the voltage there with a phase meter of suitable accuracy Table 3 11 shows the steps in this procedure In remote you can jump to NORMAL volts and AUX current phase calibration by sending the command CAL STA
211. me s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input Refer to Figure 6 22 Set the scope trigger amplitude to divide by 10 6 93 5500A Service Manual 5500A SC300 Tek 11801 With 5D26 Sampling Head 3 dB Attenaator A 3 5 mm m f AUX SCOPE AUX V BNC F to 3 5 mm m Adapter om064f eps Figure 6 22 Edge Rise Time Verification Setup The Calibrator Mainframe should be in SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Press the softkey under TRIG to select the TRIG 1 External Trigger output Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 250 mV 1 kHz Set the DSO to these parameters Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Main Time Base position initial 40 ns Horizontal scale 500 ps div Measurement Function Rise Time 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage and frequency listed in Table 6 56 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 2 Change the vertical scale of the DSO to the value listed in the table Adjust the main time base position and vertical offset until the edge signal is centered on the display Record the ri
212. me goes to STBY Reconnect the 50 Q feedthrough termination to the end of the BNC cable 6 Program the Calibrator Mainframe output for 5 000 V AC OUT VAL blue softkey 7 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output and verify that the OPR display timer increments 8 Remove the 50 Q feedthrough termination before 60 seconds and verify that Calibrator Mainframe goes to STBY 6 74 SC600 Hardware Adjustments 6 75 6 76 Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the SC600 is repaired In addition to the adjustment procedures this section provides lists of the required equipment and some recommendations on models that have the capabilities required by these procedures Equivalent models can be substituted if necessary Equipment Required The following equipment is necessary for performing the hardware adjustments described in this section The models listed are recommended for providing accurate results e Standard adjustment tool for adjusting the pots and trimmer caps e Extender Card e Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801 with SD 22 26 or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent e Cable provided with SC600 e Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function There are two adjustment procedures that need to be made for the leveled sine wav
213. mote Calibration Entry points for CAL START MAIN Moditier AC Volts AV Thermocouple Measuring TEMPX DC Current ICAL AC Current AI AUX DC Volts V2 AUX AC Volts AVS Resistance R Capacitance C Entry points for CAL START FACTORY Modifier NORMAL Volts and AUX Volts Phase PHASE Volts and Current Phase IPHASE For example to jump directly to AC Volts calibration send the command CAL START MAIN AV To go directly to Resistance calibration send the command CAL START MAIN R To go directly to Phase calibration send the command CAL START FACTORY PHASE These calibration commands can be used with either the IEEE 488 or serial interface To use the serial interface and without having to write a calibration program do the following 1 Connect the appropriate COM port from a PC to the 5500A Serial 1 connector using a Fluke PM8914 cable 2 Callup the Terminal program from within Microsoft Windows Set the communications parameters to match that of the 5500A 3 Press enter At the prompt type the desired calibration command e g CAL START FACTORY 3 5500A Service Manual 3 20 Generating a Calibration Report Three different calibration reports are available from the 5500 each one either formatted for printing or in comma separated variable format for importation into a spreadsheet Using the REPORT SETUP softkey under UTILITY FUNCTS CAL
214. n A of the table Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 33 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 33 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 33 by performing the calculations for each column Compare Column E to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 33 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Calibrator Mainframe Mainframe B Flatness Spec Freq MHz A 10 MHz D E 30 1 50 70 150 120 2 00 290 32 00 360 4 00 390 34 00 400 4 00 480 34 00 570 4 00 580 34 00 590 4 00 600 400 Complete Columns as follows A Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for present frequency W CF Column A entry Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96 100 sqrt Column C entry sqrt Column D sqrt Column D entry 6 6 47 5500A Service Manual 6 48 Table 6 34 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 7 5 mV
215. n at 50 For the 50 verification connect the SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable and the 50 Q termination connected to the BNC to Banana Plug adapter Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 50 The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 Q and 1 MQ 1 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the voltage listed in Table 6 20 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Allow the HP 3458A reading to stabilize then record the HP 3458A reading for each voltage in Table 6 20 Multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload the actual feedthrough termination resistance to correct for the resistance error Compare result to the tolerance column 6 29 5500A Service Manual 6 30 Table 6 19 DC Voltage Verification at 1 Calibrator Mainframe output HP 3458A Reading V DC Tolerance V DC 0 mV 0 00004 V 1 25 mV 4 063E 05 V 1 25 mV 4 063E 05 V 2 49 mV 4 125E 05 V 2 49 mV 4 125E 05 V 2 5 mV 4 125E 05 V 2 5 mV 4 125E 05 V 6 25 mV 4 313E 05 V 6 25 mV 4 313E 05 V 9 90 mV 4 495E 05 V 9 90 mV 4 495E 05 V 10 0 mV 0 000045 V 10 0 mV 0 000045 V 17 5 mV 4 875E 05 V 17 5 mV 4 875E 05 V 24 9 mV 5 245E 05 V 24 9 mV 5 245E 05 V 25 0 mV 0 0000525 V 25 0 mV 0 0000525 V 67 5 mV 7 375E 05 V 67 5 mV 7 375E 05 V 109 9 mV 9
216. nal connections to appropriate measurement instruments 2 The 5500A then goes into Operate or asks you to place it into Operate 3 4 Calibration and Verification 3 Calibration 3 You then prompted to enter into the 5500A the value read on the measurement instrument Note Intermixed with these output and measure procedures are internal 5500A calibration procedures that require no action by the operator 3 6 DC Volts Measure the 5500A output using a precision DMM and enter into the 5500A each of the measured values listed in Table 3 2 when prompted to do so Table 3 2 DC Volts Calibration Steps Step 5500A Output NORMAL 1 43 00 V 3 00 V 300 mV 3 00 V 30 V 300 V 1000 V 3 7 Volts Measure the 5500A output using a precision ac voltmeter and enter into the 5500A each of the measured values listed in Table 3 3 when prompted to do so Table 3 3 AC Volts Calibration Steps Step 5500A Output NORMAL Frequency 1 3 2999 V 100 Hz 2 0 330 V 100 Hz 3 3 00 V 500 kHz 4 3 00 V 9 99 Hz 5 30 mV 100 Hz 6 30 mV 500 kHz 7 300 mV 100 Hz 8 30 V 100 Hz 9 30 V 100 kHz 10 300 V 100 kHz 11 300 V 20 kHz 12 1000 V 100 Hz 13 1000 V 7 kHz 3 5 5500A Service Manual 3 8 Thermocouple Measuring This procedure calibrates the temperature measuring capability of the 5500
217. nded Bandwidth Specifications AC Current Non Sinewave Specifications AC Current Squarewave Characteristics typical AC Current Trianglewave Characteristics typical 5500A Service Manual 1 2 1 1 Introduction and Specifications 1 Introduction Introduction The Fluke Model 5500A Multi Product Calibrator Figure 1 1 is a precise instrument that calibrates a wide variety of electrical measuring instruments With the 5500A Calibrator you can calibrate precision multimeters that measure ac or dc voltage ac or dc current ac or dc power resistance capacitance and temperature With the Oscilloscope Calibration option you can use the 5500A Calibrator to calibrate analog and digital oscilloscopes Specifications for the standard 5500A are provided at the end of this chapter Specifications for the Oscilloscope Option are in Chapter 6 AA Warning If the 5500A Calibrator is operated in any way not specified by the 5500A Operators Manual or other documentation provided by Fluke protection provided by the 5500A may be impaired The 5500 Calibrator is a fully programmable precision source of the following e DC voltage from 0 V to 1020 V e AC voltage from 1 mV to 1020 V with output from 10 Hz to 500 kHz e AC current from 0 01 uA to 11 0 A with output from 10 Hz to 10 kHz DC current from 0 to 11 0 e Resistance values from
218. ne Wave Frequency Verification 6 126 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 127 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Verification esses 5500A Service Manual Index 6 128 6 129 6 130 6 131 6 132 6 133 6 134 6 135 6 136 6 137 6 138 6 139 6 140 6 141 6 142 6 143 6 144 6 145 6 146 6 147 6 148 6 149 6 150 6 151 6 152 6 153 6 154 6 155 6 156 Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Equipment Setup for High Frequency Flatness Low Frequency Verification High Frequency Verification Time Marker Verification Wave Generator Verification Verification at 1 MO Verification at 50 Q 5 300 Hardware Adjustments Equipment Required Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave 41 2 22 Equipment Setup Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Equipment Setup Adjusting the Edge SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board Equipment Required Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function
219. ng the first 10 ns to be equally above and below the reference level Check the aberrations compare with specifications It may be necessary to slow the rise time A90R35 to reduce the amplitude of the aberrations 8 Setthe UUT output to 2 5 V and the oscilloscope vertical to 2 mV div Check the aberrations 9 Remove the 20 dB attenuator from the oscilloscope input Connect the UUT to the scope input and program the UUT output to 250 mV 10 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 5 mV div Check the aberrations 11 Check for rise time 950 ps 25 ps at 250 mV 1 V and 2 5 V outputs 1st Aberration 2nd Aberration 3rd Aberration om050f eps Figure 6 30 Adjusting Edge Aberrations SC300 Option SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board 6 144 SC300 Hardware Adjustments for the A4 Board 6 145 6 146 6 147 6 148 Hardware adjustments must be made to the leveled sine and edge functions each time the SC300 is repaired In addition to the adjustment procedures this section provides lists of the required equipment and some recommendations on models that have the capabilities required by these procedures Equivalent models can be substituted if necessary Equipment Required The following equipment is necessary for performing the hardware adjustments described in this section The models listed are recommended for providing accurate results e Standard adjustment tool for adjusting the pots and
220. not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures have been developed to provide you with the ability to calibrate and verify the SC300 at your own site if necessary You should review all of the procedures in advance to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fluke service centers are provided in detail 6 84 Maintenance There are no maintenance techniques or diagnostic remote commands for the SC300 that are available to users If your SC300 is not installed or not receiving power the following error message appears on the display when you press do access the oscilloscope calibration menus 4 LZ LZ LZ L L om030i eps If this message is displayed and you have the SC300 installed in your Calibrator Mainframe you must return the Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke for repair If you wish to purchase the SC300 contact your Fluke sales representative 6 67 5500A Service Manual 6 85 SC300 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC300 General specifications that apply to the Calibrator Mainframe can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are valid providing the Calibrator Mainframe is operated under the conditions specified in Chapter 1 and has completed a warm up period
221. ns that are not depicted in the figure are generated from the DDS Assembly A6 board For a diagram of all Calibrator Mainframe board assemblies refer to Figure 2 1 6 19 Voltage Mode All signals for the voltage function are generated from the A51 Voltage Video board a daughter card to the A50 board A dc reference voltage is supplied to the A51 board from the A6 DDS board all dc and ac oscilloscope output voltages are derived from this signal and generated on the A51 board The output of the A51 board is passed to the A50 Signal board also attached to the A50 board and attenuator module and is then cabled to the output connectors on the front panel The reference dc signal is used to generate both and dc and ac signals that are amplified or attenuated to provide the complete range of output signals 6 20 Edge Mode The edge clock originates on the DDS A6 board and is passed to the A50 board The signal 1s then shaped and split to generate the fast edge and external trigger signals The edge signal is passed from the A50 board first to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel If turned On the trigger is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel 6 21 Leveled Sine Wave Mode of the leveled sine wave signals from 50 kHz to 600 MHz are produced on the A50 board The leveled sine wave signal is passed from the A50 board to the on board attenuator assem
222. nt setups are different for each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made relative to 50 KHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes Both low and high frequency bands are calibrated at each amplitude Calibration begins with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness calibration is complete Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine flatness 6 39 Low Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input as described under Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate low frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 50 KHz reference Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize e Press the 5790A Set Ref blue softkey Clear any previous reference by pressing the 5790A Clear Ref blue softkey prior to setting the new reference if required Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the 5790A reference deviation matches the 50 kHz reference within 1000 ppm 5 Repeat steps 1 to
223. nu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave harmonics 1 Using the BNC cable and BNC f to Type N m adapter connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP 8590 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to 5 5 V p p at each frequency listed in Table 6 60 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 6 98 SC300 Option Verification 6 3 Set HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm 4 Record the harmonic level reading for each frequency and harmonic listed in Table 6 60 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics should be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 6 60 Table 6 60 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Calibrator Mainframe Output Frequency Harmonic HP 8590A Reading dB Tolerance 5 5 V p p 50 kHz 2 33 dB 50 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 100 kHz 2 33 dB 100 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 kHz 2 33 dB 200 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 400 kHz 2 33 dB 400 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 800 kHz 2 33 dB 800 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 1 MHz 2 33 dB 1 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 2 MHz 2 33 dB 2 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 4 MHz 2 33 dB 4 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 8 MHz 2 3
224. o stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed for the Calibrator Mainframe 4 Invert the PM 6680 s frequency reading to derive the period For example a reading of 1 000006345 has a period of 1 1 000006345 kHz 0 999993655 ms Record the period in the table and compare to the tolerance column Table 6 40 Time Marker Verification Calibrator PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 1 Mainframe Reading PM 6680 Reading Tol rance Period Channel Filter Frequency Period 4 979 s A On 24 91E 3 5 2 002 s A On 4 06E 3 s 50 0 ms A Off 3 75E 6s 20 0 ms A Off 50E 09 s 10 0 ms A Off 2 09 6 50 0 us Off 125E 12 s 20 0 us A Off 50E 12s 10 0 us A Off 25E 12 s 50 0 ns A Off 125E 15s 20 0 ns A Off 50E 15 s 10 0 ns A Off 25E 15s 5 00 ns A Off 12 5E 15 s 2 00 ns Off 5E 15s 5500A Service Manual 6 52 6 66 Wave Generator Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e 5790A AC Measurement Standard e BNC f to Double Banana adapter 500 feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe 5500 5 600 FLUKE 5500A CALIBRATOR BNC F to Double Banana Feed Through Adapter Termination 6 67 NORMAL AUX SCoPE put ENSE Nae A 0 Si AUX V om060f eps Figure 6 13 Wave Generator Verification Setup For wave generation v
225. of at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes 5 300 specifications apply to the end of the cable 945014 supplied with the Option 6 86 Voltage Function Specifications Voltage Function DC Signal AC Square Wave Signal into 500 into 1 into 500 into 1 Amplitude Characteristics Range 0Vto 22V 0 1 33 18mVto 1 8 mV to 2 2 V p p 105 V p p 1 2100 V 5 digits Adjustment Range Continuous 1 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 0 25 of output 100 uV 2 Resolution lt 100 V 4 digits or 10 uV whichever is greater Sequence 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV Square Wave Frequency Characteristics Range 10 Hz to 10 kHz 3 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 25 ppm of setting 15 mHz Typical Aberration within 20 us from leading edge lt 2 of output 100 uV 1 The square wave signal into 1 MQ is a positive square wave from 1 8 mV to 55 V p p From 95 V to 2 uncertainty for 50 Q loads does not include the input impedance uncertainty of the 3 From 95 V to 105 V the output is a square wave type signal that alternates between the negative 105 V its output is a square wave like signal that alternates between the negative peak and the positive peak with the centerline at 10 V Signals between 55 V and 95 V p p not available oscilloscope Square
226. on Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 62 Enter the next frequency listed in Table 6 62 Allow the power meter s reading to stabilize then enter the reading into Column A of the table Enter 10 MHz into the Calibrator Mainframe Allow the power meter reading to stabilize then enter the power meter s reading in Column B of Table 6 62 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for all of frequencies listed in Table 6 62 Continue until you have completed Columns A and B When you have completed Columns A and B press to remove the Calibrator Mainframe s output Complete Table 6 62 by performing the calculations for each column Compare Column E to the specifications listed in the final column Table 6 62 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V Calibrator Mainframe B Calibrator Mainframe Freq MHz A 10 MHz C D E Flatness Spec 26 1 50 100 uV 1 50 100 uV 1 50 100 uV 2 00 100 uV 160 2 00 100 uV 200 2 00 100 uV 220 2 00 100 uV 235 2 00 100 uV 250 2 00 100 uV 300 2 00 100 uV A m DW Complete Columns A E as follows Enter the E4418A present frequency Reading W Enter the E4418A 10 MHz Reading W Apply power sensor correction factor for 10 MHz W CF Column B entry Compute and enter Error relative to 10 MHz 96
227. on constants 6 111 Verification All of the Oscilloscope Calibration functions should be verified at least once per year or each time the SC300 is calibrated The verification procedures in this section provide traceable results however the factory uses different procedures and instruments of higher precision than those described here The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to verify the SC300 at their own site if they are required to do so Fluke strongly recommends that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification equipment specified for SC300 verification must be calibrated certified traceable if traceability is to be maintained and operating within their normal specified operating environment It is also important to ensure that the equipment has had sufficient time to warm up prior to its use Refer to each equipment s operating manual for details Before you begin verification you may wish to review all of the procedures in advance to ensure you have the resources to complete them 6 112 DC Voltage Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 3458A Digital Multimeter e BNC f to Double Banana adapter e 50 Q feedthrough termination as required e BNC cable supplied with the SC300 For DC voltage verification refer to Figure 6 19 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Vo
228. oninductive resistor as shown in Figure 3 8 Table 3 30 shows the test points for phase Table 3 31 shows the test points for frequency Table 3 30 Phase Accuracy Test Output Output Frequency Nominal Measured Deviation 1 Year Spec Voltage Voltage Phase Value degrees NORMAL AUX degrees degrees 3V 1V 60 Hz 0 0 15 degrees av iv o fos 1V 10 kHz 0 10 av fav ew 6 Tes av aom 6 w v ime e fe av see o s av ivo fro av fav en o Tos av aen s 3 34 Calibration and Verification Performance Verification Tests 3 Table 3 30 Phase Accuracy Test cont Output Output Frequency Nominal Measured Deviation 1 Year Spec Voltage Voltage Phase Value degrees NORMAL AUX degrees degrees 1V 1 kHz 90 1V 5 kHz 90 1V 10 kHz 90 10 Output Output Frequency Nominal Measured Deviation 1 Year Spec Voltage Current Phase Value degrees NORMAL AUX degrees degrees 33V 300 mA 65 Hz 0 0 15 33V 2A 65 Hz 0 0 15 33V 5A 65 Hz 0 0 15 33V 5A 400 Hz 0 0 9 Table 3 31 Frequency Accuracy Test Output Frequency Measured Value Deviation ppm 1 Year Spec Voltage Hz ppm NORMAL 3V 119 00 Hz 42 120 0 Hz 42 3V 1000 0 Hz 27 3V 100 00 kHz 25 3 35 5500A Service Manual 3 36 3 45 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORMAL
229. ons Wave Generator Pulse Generator Specifications essere Trigger Signal Specifications Pulse Function Trigger Signal Specifications Time Marker Function Trigger Signal Specifications Edge Function Trigger Signal Specifications Square Wave Voltage Function Trigger Signal Specifications eene Oscilloscope Input Resistance Measurement Specifications Oscilloscope Input Capacitance Measurement Specifications Overload Measurement 6 Theory of Operation icis tret reete Voltage Modes Edge Mode iion aii aa Leveled Sine Wave Mode esse sese Aime Marker Made 5 eer rt rette ette Wave Generator Mode sss essen Input Impedance Mode Resistance esee Input Impedance Mode Capacitance eese Mode diede eye fert ehe ceed Equipment Required for Calibration and Verification SC600 Calibration Setup essere Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions Overview of HP3458A Operation serene Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements
230. or Service Information In case of difficulty within the 1 year Warranty period return the Calibrator to a Fluke Service Center for Warranty repair For out of Warranty repair contact a Fluke Service Center for a cost estimate This service manual provides instructions for verification of performance calibration and maintenance If you choose to repair a malfunction information in this manual can help you to determine which module printed circuit assembly has a fault See Chapter 5 for cautions about handling the internal components Specifications The following paragraphs detail specifications for the 5500A Calibrator The specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5500A has been turned off For example if the 5500A has been turned off for 5 minutes the warm up period is 10 minutes All specifications apply for the temperature and time period indicated For temperatures outside of tcal 5 C tcal is the ambient temperature when the 5500A was calibrated the temperature coefficient is less than 0 1 times the 90 day specifications per C limited to 0 C to 50 C These specifications also assume the 5500A Calibrator is zeroed every seven days or when the ambient temperature changes more than 5 C See Zeroing the Calibrator in Chapter 4 Also see additional specifications later in this chapter for information on extended specifications for ac voltage and current The
231. or actual value The capacitors must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Due to the small capacitance values care must be taken to know the actual capacitance at this BNC f connector The capacitance values must be determined at a 10 MHz oscillator frequency Fluke uses an HP 4192A Impedance Analyzer at 10 MHz to determine the actual capacitance values This procedure uses the following equipment e Adapters and capacitors to achieve 5 pF 29 pF 49 pF nominal values at the end of BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the MeasZ capacitance function 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe MeasZ capacitance range to cap The blue softkey under MEASURE toggles the MeasZ ranges 2 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector but do not connect any thing to the end of this cable 3 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then press the SET OFFSET blue softkey to zero the capacitance reading 4 Connect the end of the BNC cable to the BNC f connector attached to the nominal capacitor values indicated in Table 6 46 SC600 Option 6 Verification 5 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then record the Calibrator Mainframe capacitance r
232. or an ac sinewave output on the NORMAL terminals Table 3 36 shows the test points Table 3 36 DC Voltage Offset Accuracy Test Nominal ACV Value 10 mV 10 mV 100 mV 100 mV 1V 1V 3 3 V 3 3 V Nominal DC Frequency Value OV 1 kHz 50 mV 1 kHz OV 1 kHz 500 mV 1 kHz OV 1 kHz BV 1 kHz OV 1 kHz 45 V 1 kHz Measured Value V DC NORMAL Deviation 1 Year Spec uV or 96 33 uV 0 166 330 uV 0 166 3 3 mV 0 166 33 mV 0 173 3 39 5500A Service Manual 3 40 3 50 AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC Offset The AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC Offset tests the accuracy of the ac output in the presence of a dc offset For this test be sure to ac couple the input to the meter Table 3 37 shows the test points Table 3 37 AC Voltage Accuracy with a DC Offset Nominal Nominal DC Frequency Measured Deviation 90 Day Spec Value V AC NORMAL 96 3 3 mV 50 mV 1 kHz 0 71696 33 mV 500 mV 1 kHz 0 101 330 mV 5V 1 kHz 0 038 3 3 V 45V 1 kHz 0 048 static awareness A Message From Fluke Corporation Some semiconductors and custom IC s can be damaged by electrostatic discharge during handling This notice explains how you can o minimize the chances of destroying such devices sj 1 Knowing that there is a problem 2 Leaning the guidelines for handling them 3 Using the procedures packaging and
233. or example overrange EXE Execution Error caused S Error causes instrument to by an element outside of or go to Standby inconsistent with the 5500A capabilities CME Command Error D Error causes instrument caused by incorrect command returns to the power up state syntax unrecognized header or parameter of the wrong type none Error is returned to the initiator only i e local initiator or remote initiator 0 QYE No Error 1 DDE FR Error queue overflow 100 DDE FR D Inguard not responding send 101 DDE FR D Inguard not responding recv 102 DDE FR D Lost sync with inguard 103 DDE FR Invalid guard xing command 21 21 21 ua a Me ET Mc pr tH M rM tM nrc P M EU NE BG Joe GJ Cor CJ 19 09 EJ CJ bg Jt Gi Iso Ji EJ 1 Dd D Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd DX Dd DX Dn d Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd d FRS FR FRS FR FR FR FRS SER FRS FRS ER FRS ER FRS SER FR SER FR gt
234. ouple Specifications 1 12 Temperature Calibration RTD Specifications 1 13 DC Power Specification Summary eee 1 14 AC Power 45 Hz to 65 Hz Specification Summary PF 1 1 15 Power and Dual Output Limit Specifications 1 16 5500A Phase Specifications seen 1 17 Calculating Power Uncertainty 1 18 Additional Specifications 1 19 Frequency 1 20 Harmonics 2nd to 50th Specifications esses 1 21 AC Voltage Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications 1 22 AC Voltage Non Sinewave Specifications esses 1 23 AC Voltage DC Offset Specifications 442221 1 24 AC Voltage Squarewave Characteristics sees 1 25 AC Voltage Trianglewave Characteristics typical 1 26 AC Current Sinewave Extended Bandwidth Specifications 1 27 AC Current Non Sinewave Specifications 1 28 AC Current Squarewave Characteristics typical 1 29 AC Current Trianglewave Characteristics typical 2 1 E 2 2 Encoder Assembly
235. output V rms V p p 10 kHz square 5 0 mV 2 0000 250 00 uV square 20 0 mV 2 0000 700 00 uV square 89 mV 2 0000 2 770 mV square 219 mV 2 0000 6 670 mV square 890 mV 2 0000 26 8 mV square 6 5V 2 0000 195 1 mV square 55 V 2 0000 1 65 V sine 5 0 mV 2 8284 250 00 uV sine 20 0 mV 2 8284 700 00 uV sine 89 mV 2 8284 2 770 mV sine 219 mV 2 8284 6 670 mV sine 890 mV 2 8284 26 8 mV sine 6 5V 2 8284 195 1 mV sine 55V 2 8284 1 65 V triangle 5 0 mV 3 4641 250 00 uV triangle 20 0 mV 3 4641 700 00 uV triangle 89 mV 3 4641 2 770 mV triangle 219 mV 3 4641 6 670 mV triangle 890 mV 3 4641 26 8 mV triangle 6 5 V 3 4641 195 1 mV triangle 55V 3 4641 1 65 V SC300 Option SC300 Hardware Adjustments 6 Table 6 71 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Calibrator Mainframe Wave Type square square square square square square square sine sine sine sine sine sine sine triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle triangle Calibrator Mainframe output 10 kHz 5 0 mV 10 9 mV 45 mV 109 mV 0 45V 1 09V 2 20V 5 0 mV 10 9 mV 45 mV 109 mV 0 45 V 1 09 V 2 20 V 5 0 mV 10 9 mV 45 mV 109 mV 0 45 V 1 09 V 2 20 V 5790A Reading V rms Conversion Factor 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 0000 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 2 8284 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 3 4641 5790A Reading x Conversion Factor V p p
236. ower Meter Hewlett Packard Range 42 to 5 6 dBm E4418A Frequency 10 300 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8482A Range 20 to 19 dBm Frequency 10 300 MHz Power Sensor Hewlett Packard 8481D Range 42 to 20 dBm Frequency 10 300 MHz 30 dB Hewlett Packard Range 30 dB Reference 11708A S 9 Attenuator supplied with HP Frequency 50 MHz Adapter Hewlett Packard BNC f to N f PN 1250 1474 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 SC300 Option SC300 Calibration Setup 6 Table 6 41 SC300 Calibration and Verification Equipment cont Instrument Model Minimum Use Specifications Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Time Marker Verification Frequency PM 6680 with option 2 ns to 5 s 50 kHz to 500 MHz 1 6 ppm uncertainty Counter PM 9621 PM 9624 or PM 9625 and PM 9678 Adapter Pomona 3288 BNC f to Type N m BNC Cable supplied with SC300 Wave Generator Verification AC Fluke 5790A Range 1 8 mV p p to 55 V p p Measurement Standard Frequency 10 Hz to 100 kHz Adapter Pomona 1269 BNC f to Double Banana Termination Feedthrough 50 Q 1 BNC Cable supplied with SC300 6 100 SC300 Calibration Setup The procedures in this manual have been developed to provide users the ability to calibrate the SC300 at their own site if they are required to do so It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to F
237. peat the low frequency calibration procedure for the next amplitude unless the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate pulse width Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants Pulse Width Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment High Frequency Digital Storage Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with Tektronix SD 22 26 sampling head 3 dB attenuator 3 5 mm m f BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter 2 BNC cable supplied with the SC600 second BNC cable Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure Pulse Width Then follow these steps to calibrate pulse width 1 Connect the cable supplied with the SC600 to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to one BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter then to the DSO s sampling head through the 3 dB attenuator Using the second BNC f to 3 5 mm m adapter and BNC cable connect the Calibrator Mainframe s TRIG OUT connector to the 11801 s Trigger Input 6 25 5500A Service Manual 6 26 6 42 3 Setthe DSO to these parameters e Main Time Base position initial 40 ns e Vertical scale 200 mV div 900 mV offset e Trigger Source ext level 0 5 V ext atten x10 slope mode auto e Measurement Function positive width 4 Press the GO ON blue softkey Adjust the DSO horizontal scale and ma
238. pecifications Time Marker into 5s to 100 us 50 us to 2 us 1 us to 20 ns 10 ns to 2 ns 500 1 Year Absolute 25 81000 25 t 15 000 25 ppm 25 ppm Uncertainty tcal 5 C 3 ppm 1 ppm 1 Wave Shape pulsed pulsed pulsed sawtooth sine sawtooth sawtooth Typical Output Level gt 1V pk gt 1V pk gt 1Vpk gt 2 V p p 2 Sequence cardinal points Adjustment Range At least 10 around each cardinal points 5 2 1 from 5 s to 2 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Resolution 4 digits 1 tis the time in seconds Examples At 5 s the uncertainty is 5 025 ppm At 50 us the uncertainty is 25 75 ppm 2 The 2 ns time marker is typically gt 0 5 V p p 3 Away from the cardinal points add 50 ppm to uncertainty 6 90 Wave Generator Specifications Wave Generator Characteristics Amplitude Range Square Wave Sine Wave and Triangle Wave into 50 O or 1 MQ into 1 MQ 1 8 mV to 55 V p p into 50 Q 1 8 mV to 2 2 V p p 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 10 Hz to 10 kHz 396 of p p output 100 uV Sequence Typical DC Offset Range 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV 0 to 240 of p p amplitude 1 Frequency Range 10 Hz to 100 kHz Resolution 4 or 5 digits depending upon frequency 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C 1 The dc offset plus the wave signal must not exceed 30 V rms 25 ppm 15 mHz 6 71 5500A
239. r Absolute Uncertainty 0 25 of tcal 5 C output 40 uV Sequence Square Wave Frequency Characteristics Range 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Typical Aberration within 4 us from 50 of leading trailing edge 6 6 1 mV to 24 999 mV 25 mV to 109 99 mV 110 mV to 2 1999 V 2 2 V to 10 999 V Resolution 1 10 uV 100 pV 1 mV 10 mV Continuously adjustable 0 05 of 0 25 of output output 40 40 uV HV 1 2 5 e g 10 mV 20 mV 50 mV 10 Hz to 10 kHz 2 5 ppm of setting lt 0 5 of output 100 uV 1 Selectable positive or negative zero referenced square wave 2 For square wave frequencies above 1 kHz 0 25 of output 40 uV 50 Load 1 Load 50 Q Load 1 MO Load 0 V to 130 V 1 mV to 6 6 V p p 1 mV to 130 V p p 0 1 of output 40 uV 2 6 5 Edge Specifications Table 6 2 Edge Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 O Load SC600 Option SC600 Specifications 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 Rise Time 300 ps 0 ps 100 ps Amplitude Range p p 5 0 mV to 2 5 V t 2 of output 200 uV Resolution 4 digits Adjustment Range 1096 around each sequence value indicated below Sequence Values 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 60 mV 80 mV 100 mV 200 mV 250 mV 300 mV 500 mV 600 mV 1V 2 5V Frequency Range 1 1 kHz to 10 MHz t
240. r Assembly A2 The Encoder assembly A2 has its own microprocessor and is in communication with the Main CPU A9 on the Rear Panel through a serial link Memory for the Encoder assembly is contained in EPROM The Encoder assembly handles the interface to the Keyboard assembly A1 2 3 Synthesized Impedance Assembly A5 The Synthesized Impedance assembly A5 generates variable resistance and capacitance outputs It uses discrete resistors and capacitors as references with an amplifier in series Figure 2 2 is a block diagram of the synthesized resistance function Figure 2 3 is a block diagram of the synthesized capacitance function For resistance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine with offset adjust and an output LO buffer For capacitance synthesis there is a two wire compensation circuit selectable references an input amplifier two DACs coarse and fine and an output LO buffer K NORMAL HI Rret Rx gt SCOM Ry 1 K Rref NORMAL LO om004f eps Figure 2 2 Synthesized Resistance Function 2 4 Theory of Operation DDS Assembly A6 NORMAL HI om005f eps Figure 2 3 Synthesized Capacitance Function 2 4 DDS Assembly A6 The DDS Direct Digital Synthesis assembly A6 contains the following blocks e References for all voltage and current functions e Gain determining elements for voltage fun
241. re calibrated at each amplitude Calibration begins with the low frequency band then the high frequency band for the first amplitude followed by the 6 82 SC300 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions 6 109 6 110 low frequency band then the high frequency band for the second amplitude and so on until the flatness calibration is complete Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine flatness Low Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator Mainframe SCOPE connector to the 5790A WIDEBAND input as described under Equipment Setup for Low Frequency Flatness Follow these steps to calibrate low frequency Leveled Sine Wave flatness for the amplitude being calibrated 1 Press the GO ON blue softkey 2 Establish the 50 KHz reference e Allow the 5790A rms reading to stabilize e Press the 5790A Set Ref blue softkey Clear any previous reference by pressing the 5790A Clear Ref blue softkey prior to setting the new reference if required 3 Press the GO ON blue softkey Adjust the amplitude using the Calibrator Mainframe front panel knob until the 5790A reference deviation matches the 50 kHz reference within 1000 ppm 5 Repeat steps 1 to 4 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the reference frequency is now 10 MHz Continue with the high frequency calibration High Frequency Calibration Connect the Calibrator
242. reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and calculation and carefully re enter the corrected rms reading insuring proper multiplier i e m u n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 6 Repeat step 5 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate Leveled Sine flatness Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants 4 4 4 1A g GR 7ARBE O A om034f eps Figure 6 20 Connecting the Calibrator Mainframe to the 5790A AC Measurement Standard 6 108 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration Leveled Sine Wave flatness calibration is divided into two frequency bands 50 kHz to 10 low frequency and gt 10 MHz to 300 high frequency The equipment setups are different for each band Flatness calibration of the low frequency band is made relative to 50 kHz Flatness calibration of the high frequency band is made relative to 10 MHz Leveled Sine Wave flatness is calibrated at multiple amplitudes Both low and high frequency bands a
243. rence Designator A1 A2 A10 A11 TM2 TM1 H1 14 H15 H19 H34 H38 H42 H46 J1 J2 MP1 MP2 MP3 MP4 MP5 MP6 MP8 MP9 MP11 MP12 MP13 MP14 MP18 MP19 MP20 MP21 MP22 MP23 MP24 MP25 S7 wt W17 Table 5 2 Front Panel Assembly Description KEYBOARD PCA ENCODER PCA TC BUTTON PCA TC CONNECTION PCA PRINT MATL REGISTRATION CAL PROD ENG OPERATOR MANUAL SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 250 SCREW CAP SCKT SS 8 32 375 SCREW PH P THD FORM STL 5 20 312 SCREW PH P LOCK STL 8 32 187 WASHER LOW THERMAL 8 NUT 8 LOW THERMAL SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 625 CONN COAX BNC F CABLE FRONT PANEL MODIFIED PANEL FRONT HANDLE INSTRUMENT GRAY 7 GROMMET EXTRUDED POLYETHYLENE 085 BEZEL FRONT PANEL OUTPUT BLOCK DECAL OUTPUT BLOCK LENS BEZEL ADHESIVE BEZEL NAMEPLATE ELECTROFORM LCD MODULE 16X2 CHAR TRANSMISSIVE LCD MODULE 40X2 CHAR TRANSMISSIVE DECAL POWER ON OFF CALIBRATION CERTIFICATION DECAL DECAL KEYPAD ENCODER WHEEL KNOB ENCODER GREY BRACKET BNC POWER BUTTON ON OFF CABLE ACCESS TIE 4 00L 10W 75 DIA KEYPAD ELASTOMERIC CORD LINE 5 15 IEC 3 18AWG SVT 7 5 FT CABLE OUTPUT BLOCK TO MOTHER BOARD Fluke Stock No 761049 937370 945308 945485 944822 945159 152140 295105 494641 944785 859939 850334 152181 412858 937284 883160 886333 854351 945238 945266 937263 945246 945258 945261 929179 929182 886312 891718 886304 764548 868794 945451 775338 172080
244. resence of a high current Apply a short to the AUX terminals to provide a low impedance path for current Table 3 28 shows the test points Table 3 28 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Current Nominal Value NORMAL 33 mV 33 mV 330 mV 3 3 V 3 3 V Nominal Value AUX 11A 11A 11A 2 19 A 329 mA Frequency 65 Hz 65 Hz 1 kHz 5 kHz 10 kHz Phase degrees Measured Value V NORMAL Deviation 96 90 Day Spec 0 101 0 101 0 038 0 048 0 048 3 33 5500A Service Manual 3 43 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Power The AC Power Amplitude Accuracy High Power test checks the accuracy of the ac power output at high power levels Apply a short to the AUX terminals to provide a low impedance path for current Table 3 29 shows the test points Table 3 29 AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Power Nominal Nominal Frequency Phase Measured Deviation 90 Day Spec Value Value degrees Value V 96 NORMAL AUX NORMAL 329 V 2 19 A 5 kHz 0 0 065 1kV 11A 1 kHz 0 0 048 3 44 Phase and Frequency Accuracy The Phase and Frequency Accuracy test checks the accuracy of the phase between signals at the NORMAL output and the AUX inputs and the accuracy of the frequency For the volts volts phase test ac couple the input to the phase meter as shown in Figure 3 7 For the volts current phase measure the phase across a n
245. rmonic are at the correct dB level You may find that you can place the second harmonic at 40 dBc but the third harmonic is not at 50 dBc If this is the case continue adjusting R8 The second harmonic will fluctuate but there is a point at which both harmonics will be at the correct decibel level 2nd harmonic 3rd harmonic om051f eps Figure 6 16 Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 80 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function Adjustments need to be made after repair to the edge function to adjust the edge aberrations 6 62 6 81 6 82 SC600 Option 6 SC600 Hardware Adjustments Note To verify the edge aberrations back to national standards you should send your Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke or other facility that has established traceability for aberrations Fluke for example has a reference pulse that is sent to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST for characterization This information is then transferred to high speed sampling heads which are used to adjust and verify the SC600 Equipment Setup The following equipment is needed for this procedure e Oscilloscope Tektronix 11801 with SD22 26 input module or Tektronix TDS 820 with 8 GHz bandwidth e 10dB Attenuator Weinschel 9 10 SMA or Weinschel 18W 10 or equivalent Output cable provided with the SC600 Before you begin this procedure verify that the SC600 is in the edge mode the
246. rocedure verify that the SC300 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Refer to Figure 6 22 for the proper setup connections and connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope Set the oscilloscope vertical to 1 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the first 10 ns of the edge signal with the rising edge at the left edge of the oscilloscope display 6 143 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations Refer to Figure 6 30 while making the following adjustments 1 Setthe oscilloscope to display the 90 point of the edge signal Note this voltage or set to center of the display as it will be used as the reference for the following adjustments 2 Set the oscilloscope to display the leading edge and the first 10 ns of the edge signal Adjust A90R13 to set the edge signal at the 10 ns point to the reference level 3 Adjust A90R 12 to flatten out the edge signal Readjust A90R13 if necessary to keep the edge signal at the reference level 4 Adjust A90R35 so the first overshoot is the same amplitude as the second aberration 6 113 5500A Service Manual 6 114 5 Readjust A90R36 to center the first two aberrations about reference level 6 Readjust A90R13 if necessary to keep the edge signal at 10 ns to be at the reference level 7 Readjust A90R36 A90R35 or A90R12 to obtain equal amplitudes of the aberrations displayed duri
247. rocedure adjusts the edge rise time and must be performed after repair Both boards use the same procedure to adjust the rise time Equipment Setup Before you start this procedure program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 250 mV p p 100 kHz Program the digital storage oscilloscope to the parameters listed below Digital Storage Oscilloscope Setup Vertical Axis 50 mV div Horizontal Axis 1 ns div Function Rise Time Adjusting the Edge Rise Time Only one adjustment needs to be made to the edge rise time You want a rise time of 950 ps 25 ps To achieve this rise time adjust C1 until this rise time on the oscilloscope is within this range as shown in Figure 6 38 Rise time measures between these two points CIQ E om044f eps Figure 6 38 Adjusting the Edge Rise Time with C1 b 5500A phase specifications A AC current non sinewave specifications 1 30 AC current sinewaves extended bandwidth deri e esl AC current sinewaves specifications 1 13 AC current squarewave characteristics typical AC current trianglewave characteristics typical 1 31 AC power 45 Hz to 65 Hz specification summary 1 20 AC voltage non sinewave specifications 1 27 AC Voltage sinewave extended bandwidth specifications 1 26 AC voltage sinewave specifications 1 10 AC Voltage frequency function Verification 6 34 6 90 AC voltage dc offset specifications 1 2
248. s Overload Measurement Specifications eese SC600 Calibration and Verification Voltage HP3458A Settings SA SEIS atitem ero b etas o Contents continued DC Voltage Verification at 50 Q AC Voltage Verification at 1 AC Voltage Verification at 50 Q AC Voltage Frequency Verification Edge Amplification Verification Edge Frequency Verification Edge Rise Time Verification Edge Aberrations sse Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Verification sese Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Low Frequency Flatness Verification 6 62 LD DV High Frequency Flatness Verification at 5 5 V High Frequency Flatness Verification at 7 5 mV High Frequency Flatness Verification at 25 High Frequency Flatness Verification at 70 mV sss High Frequency Flatness Verification at 250 mV High Frequency Flatness Verification at 800 mV High Frequency Flatness Verification at 3 4 V sss Time Marker Specifications Wave Generator Verification at 1 0 Wave Generator Verification at 50 Q 5500A
249. s 4 Measure the baseline of each output after the corresponding topline measurement as indicated in Table 6 21 The peak to peak value is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements Compare the result to the tolerance column 5 When making measurements at the other frequencies set up the HP 3458A NPLC and topline and baseline DELAY per Table 6 16 See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements Table 6 21 AC Voltage Verification at 1 Calibrator Mainframe HP 3458A Topline Baseline Output Range Reading Reading Peak to Peak Tolerance V 1 kHz or as noted 1mV 100 mV dc 0 000041 1 mV 100 mV dc 0 000041 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 00005 10 mV 100 mV dc 0 00005 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 25 mV 100 mV dc 0 000065 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 00015 110 mV 100 mV dc 0 00015 500 mV 1 V dc 0 00054 500 mV 1V dc 0 00054 22V 10 V dc 0 00224 2 2 V 10 V dc 0 00224 11V 10 V dc 0 01104 11V 10 V dc 0 01104 130 V 1000 V dc 0 13004 130 V 1000 V dc 0 13004 200 mV 100 Hz 1 V dc 0 00024 200 mV 1 kHz 1 V dc 0 00024 200 mV 5 kHz 1 V dc 0 00054 200 mV 10 kHz 1 V dc 0 00054 2 2V 100Hz 10 V dc 0 00224 2 2V 5kHz 10V dc 0 00554 22V 10kHz 10Vdc 0 00554 SC600 Option Verification 6 49 Verification at 50 Q For the 50 verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to t
250. s Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near and the baseline is a negative voltage See Table 6 24 3 For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details 4 The peak to peak value of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Record each reading as indicated in Table 6 24 Table 6 24 Edge Amplification Verification Peak to Calibrator HP 3458A Topline Baseline Peak to Peak x Tolerance Mainframe Edge Range Reading Reading Peak Correction V Output 100 mV 1 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0022 1 00V 1 kHz 1V dc 0 0202 5 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0003 10 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0004 25 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0007 50 mV 10 kHz 100 mV dc 0 0012 100 mV 10 kHz 1Vadc 0 0022 500 mV 10 kHz 1Vdc 0 0102 1 00 V 10 kHz 1 Vdc 0 0202 2 5 V 10 kHz 10V dc 0 0502 6 52 Edge Frequency Verification This procedure uses the follo
251. s volts amps reactive output In these cases calculate the Total VARs Output Uncertainty as shown in example 3 Example 3 Output 100 V 1 A 60 Hz Power Factor 0 0872 85 Voltage Uncertainty Uncertainty for 100 V at 60 Hz is 0 04 6 6 mV totaling 100 V x 0004 40 mV added to 6 6 mV 46 6 mV Expressed in percent 46 6 mV 100 V x 100 0 047 see Voltage Sinewave Specifications Current Uncertainty Uncertainty for 1 is 0 0896 300 uA totaling 1 A x 0008 800 uA added to 300 uA 1 1 mA Expressed in percent 1 1 mA 1 A x 100 0 11 see AC Current Sinewave Specifications VARs Adder VARs Adder for 85 at 60 Hz is 0 02 see Phase Specifications Total VARS Output Uncertainty Uvars 40 047 0 11 0 02 012 1 23 5500A Service Manual 1 18 Additional Specifications The following paragraphs provide additional specifications for the 5500A Calibrator ac voltage and ac current functions These specifications are valid after allowing a warm up period of 30 minutes or twice the time the 5500A has been turned off extended range specifications are based on performing the internal zero cal function at weekly intervals or when the ambient temperature changes by more than 5 C See Chapter 4 Front Panel Operations 1 19 Frequency Specifications 1 25 ppm 15 mHz above 10 kHz Frequency Resolution 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty Jitter
252. s are generated on the A50 board From 20 ms to 100 ns a 2096 duty cycle square wave is produced in addition to the spike and square wave markers From 50 ns to 20 ns only spike or square waves are produced At 10 ns the user can chose between the square wave or the leveled sine signal The marker signal is passed from the A50 board to the attenuator assembly and then to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The trigger signal is also generated on the A50 board If the trigger is turned on the signal is connected to the Trig Out BNC on the front panel Wave Generator Mode signals for the wavegen function are generated from the A6 board and are passed to the A50 board They are then sent to the attenuator assembly where range attenuation occurs Wavegen signals are then sent to the SCOPE connector BNC on the front panel The Wave Generator Square Wave is identical to the AC Square Wave Voltage 6 73 5500A Service Manual External Clock In CPC INE MT 500 Time Mark II 2 us 10 us Time Mark III Pulse Shaped 20us 1 us Leveled Sine Wave and Time Mark IV Unleveled Leveled PLLs Pwr Amp Leveling Loop Edge Level 10 MHz Clock LF Mux Analog Shaped oo O Trigger 1 10 100 1000 F Mux 8dB 20dB 20dB Opp detect CL Oscilloscope Calibrator Trigger BNC 6 74 Figure 6 18 SC300
253. se time measurement in column A of Table 6 56 Refer to Figure 6 23 3 Correct the rise time measurement by accounting for the SD 22 26 sampling head s rise time The SD 22 26 rise time is specified as lt 28 ps Column B sqrt Column AY SD 22 26 rise time 4 The edge rise time measured should be less than the time indicated in Table 6 56 6 94 SC300 Option 6 Verification Rise time measures between these two points om033i eps Figure 6 23 Edge Rise Time Table 6 56 Edge Rise Time Verification DSO Vertical Calibrator Mainframe Output Axis A B 11801 Corrected Voltage Frequency mV div Reading Reading Tolerance 250 mV 1 MHz 20 0 400 ps 500 mV 1 MHz 50 0 400 ps 1V 1 MHz 100 0 400 ps 2 5 V 1 MHz 200 0 lt 400 ps 6 123 Edge Abberation Verification The following equipment is needed for this procedure e Tektronix 11801 oscilloscope with SD22 26 sampling head e Output cable provided with the SC300 e Use the same trigger setup found in the Edge Rise Time Verification section Before you begin this procedure verify that the 5520A SC300 is in the edge mode the Edge menu is displayed and program it to output 1 V p p 1 MHz Press to activate the output Connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the oscilloscope as in Figure 6 22 Set the oscilloscope vertical to 10 mV div and horizontal to 1 ns div Set the oscilloscope to look at the 90 point o
254. sting the Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics 6 80 Adjusting the Aberrations for the Edge Function 6 81 Equipment Setup nae 6 82 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations eene 6 4 6 1 6 2 SC600 Option 6 Introduction Introduction This chapter contains the following information and service procedures for the SC600 Oscilloscope Calibration Option functions e Specifications e Theory of Operation e Calibration Procedures e Verification Procedures e Hardware Adjustments made after Repair The calibration and verification procedures provide traceable results for all of the SC600 functions as long as they are performed using the recommended equipment All of the required equipment along with the minimum specifications are provided in Table 6 15 under Equipment Requirements for Calibration and Verification The calibration and verification procedures in this chapter are not the ones Fluke uses at the factory These procedures have been developed to provide you with the ability to calibrate and verify the SC600 at your own site if necessary You should review all of the procedures in advance to make sure you have the resources to complete them It is strongly recommended that if possible you return your unit to Fluke for calibration and verification Hardware adjustments that are made after repair at the factory or designated Fl
255. tage Calibraton iie trente t rr rt 6 35 Wave Generator 6 36 Edge Amplitude Calibration eene 6 37 Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration s 6 38 Leveled Sine Wave Flatness Calibration eese 6 39 Low Frequency Calibration eee 6 40 High Frequency Calibration eee 6 41 Pulse Width 6 42 MeasZ Cali bration 6 45 RR ERN 6 44 DC Voltage Verification etn tree 6 45 Verification at Le reet rte s 6 46 Verification at 50 inen 6 47 AC Voltage Amplitude 6 48 Verification at 1 MO 6 49 Verification 50 0 20 00 6 50 AC Voltage Frequency 6 51 Edge Amplitude Verification 6 52 Edge Frequency Verification eese 6 53 Edge Duty Cycle 6 54 Edge Rise Time Verification essere 6 55 Edge Abberation Verification sees sees eee 6 56 Tunnel Diode Pu
256. tage Performance Testoni nsiro ecaro a AC Voltage Performance teet etae dude tons DC Current Amplitude Accuracy Test Resistance Accuracy est usce teet esent erat ek ede IRR Ere RR ME SUR ea Resistance DC Offset Measurement Test 0 100 AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test NORMAL AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Test AC Current Amplitude Accuracy Test Capacitance Accuracy Thermocouple Measurement Accuracy Test seen Thermocouple Sourcing Accuracy rene Thermocouple Measuring Accuracy Tests DC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test DC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Voltage sss sese sese AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Current sees AC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test High Power eee s Phase Accuracy reden te errores taeda Sete ep Eoo Rea ke e Frequency Accuracy eel AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave NORMAL AC Voltage Amplitude Accuracy Squarewave AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy 2 2 2 2 2 AC Voltage Harmonic Amplitude Accuracy AUX see DC
257. ted part Caution A symbol indicates a device that may be damaged by static discharge Reference Designator A3 A5 A6 A7 A7A1 A8 A12 H1 H13 H58 H70 MP1 MP2 MP3 MP4 MP6 MP8 MP10 MP14 MP25 MP26 MP27 MP28 Table 5 1 Chassis Assembly Description MOTHERBOARD PCA SYNTHESIZED IMPEDANCE PCA DDS PCA CURRENT PCA LOW CURRENT AMPLIFIER PCA VOLTAGE PCA FILTER PCA SCREW CAP SCKT SS 8 32 375 SCREW FHU P LOCK SS 6 32 250 SCREW PH P LOCK SS 6 32 500 SCREW PH P LOCK STL 6 32 250 ASSEMBLY CHASSIS RIVETED COVER INSTRUMENT TOP COVER INSTRUMENT BOTTOM COVER ANALOG TOP EXTRUSION SIDE INSERT PLASTIC SIDE PUSH ROD BOTTOM FOOT MOLDED GRAY AIDE PCB PULL LABEL CALIB CERTIFICATION SEAL CABLE ACC CLAMP 187 ID SCREW MOUNT CABLE ACCESS TIE 4 00L 10W 75 DIA Fluke Stock No 937375 937388 937391 937396 945332 937404 945337 295105 320093 320051 152140 945175 937073 937078 937086 937271 937276 945241 868786 541730 802306 101345 172080 List of Replaceable Parts 20 12 38 Parts Lists Notes 5 5 5 5500A Service Manual 5500A Final Assembly 5 of 6 Figure 5 1 Chassis Assembly 5 6 List of Replaceable Parts 5 Parts Lists X NN SS NRI 2 5500A A64 4 of 6 Figure 5 1 Chassis Assembly cont 5 7 5500A Service Manual 5 8 Refe
258. the GO ON blue softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and greater will automatically put the Calibrator Mainframe output in standby When this occurs press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier m n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 7 Repeat steps 6 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate ac voltage Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC voltage must now be calibrated Continue with the next section AC Square Wave Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration but requires different settings on the HP 3458A See Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Functions earlier in this section for technical details on the procedure DC voltages are measured and entered in the Calibrator Mainframe to calibrate the AC Voltage function Set up the Calibrator Mainframe to Cal ACV Press OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads next steps calibrate 5C300 Then follow these steps to calibrate a
259. the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Volt menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the AC Voltage function Verification at 1 For the 1 verification connect the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector to the HP 3458A input using the cable supplied with the Calibrator Mainframe and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Connect the Calibrator Mainframe TRIG OUT connector to the HP 3458A Ext Trig connector located on the rear of that instrument Make sure the Calibrator Mainframe impedance is set to 1 The blue softkey under Output toggles the impedance between 50 and 1 5500A Service Manual 6 32 1 When making measurements at 1 kHz set the HP 3458A to DCV NPLC 01 TRIG EXT and the DELAY to 0007 for measuring the topline of the wave form and the DELAY to 0012 for measuring the baseline of the wave form Manually lock the HP 34584 to the range that gives the most resolution for the topline measurements Use this same range for the corresponding baseline measurements at each step 2 Enable the Calibrator Mainframe external trigger by toggling the blue softkey under TRIG to 1 3 Measure the topline first as indicated in Table 6 21 For each measurement take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to determine the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Voltage Square Wave Measurements for more detail
260. this same range for the corresponding baseline 6 37 SC600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions measurements at each step Note that in the EDGE function the topline is very near and the baseline is a negative voltage For each calibration step take samples for at least two seconds using the HP 3458A MATH functions to enter the average or mean value See Setup for SC600 Edge and Wave Generator Measurements for more details The true amplitude of the wave form is the difference between the topline and baseline measurements correcting for the load resistance error To make this correction multiply the readings by 0 5 50 Rload Rload where Rload actual feedthrough termination resistance Leveled Sine Wave Amplitude Calibration This procedure uses the following equipment 5790A AC Measurement Standard BNC f to Double Banana Plug Adapter 50 Q feedthrough termination BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Press the OPTIONS and NEXT SECTION blue softkeys until the display reads Set up to measure leveled sine amplitude Then follow these steps to calibrate Leveled Sine Wave amplitude 1 Connect the BNC cable to the Calibrator Mainframe s SCOPE connector Connect the other end of the BNC cable to the 50Q feedthrough termination then to the 5790A INPUT 2 using the BNC f to Double Banana adapter Set the 5790A to AUTORANGE digital filter mode to FAST restart fine and
261. time it can be used to make accurate repeatable measurements of both the topline and baseline of the Voltage Square Wave up to 10 kHz To make these measurements the HP 3458A s External Trigger function is used in conjunction with the SC600 s External Trigger output In general the HP 34584 is setup to make an analog to digital conversion after receiving the falling edge of an external trigger The conversion does not take place until a time determined by the 3458A DELAY command The actual integration time is set according to the frequency that the DMM is measuring Table 6 16 below summarizes the DMM settings required to make topline and baseline measurements Figure 6 2 illustrates the proper connections for this setup SC600 Option 6 Calibration and Verification of Square Wave Voltage Functions Table 6 16 Voltage HP3458A Settings Voltage HP 3458A Settings Input Frequency NPLC DELAY topline DELAY baseline 100 Hz 007 012 5 1 kHz 01 0007 s 0012 s 5 kHz 002 00014 00024 10 kHz 001 00007 00012 For all measurements the HP 3458A is in DCV manual ranging with external trigger enabled A convenient method to make these measurements from the HP 3458A s front panel is to program these settings into several of the user defined keys on its front panel For example to make topline measurements at 1 KHz you would set the DMM to NPLC 01 DELAY 0007 TRIG EXT
262. to BNC f connector e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 17 for the proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the MeasZ menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the MeasZ resistance function 1 Set the Calibrator Mainframe MeasZ resistance range as indicated in Table 6 45 The blue softkey under MEASURE toggles the MeasZ ranges 5500A Service Manual 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector to the BNC f connector attached to the nominal resistance values indicated in Table 6 45 The 600 nominal value can be achieved by connecting the 1 5 MQ and 1 MQ resistors in parallel 3 Allow the Calibrator Mainframe reading to stabilize then record the Calibrator Mainframe resistance reading for each nominal value listed in Table 6 45 Compare the Calibrator Mainframe resistance readings to the actual resistance values and the tolerance column of Table 6 45 Table 6 45 MeasZ Resistance Verification Calibrator Nominal Calibrator Actual Mainframe Resistance Mainframe Resistance Tolerance MeasZ Value Resistance Value Range Reading res 500 400 0 04 5 500 500 0 05 Q 5 500 60 Q 0 06 Q res 1MQ 600 600 Q res 1MQ 1MQ 1 res 1MQ 1 5 MQ 1 5 6 72 MeasZ Capacitance Verification 6 58 The MeasZ capacitance function is verified by measuring capacitors of known values The measurement value is then compared to the capacit
263. to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify the Pulse period 1 Set the PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure period on channel A with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50 Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to PM 6680 channel A 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output the pulse width and period at 2 5 V as listed in Table 6 44 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each period listed for the Calibrator Mainframe Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 44 Table 6 44 Pulse Period Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Reading Output Width Period Period Tolerance 80 ns 200 ns 5 13 500 10 2 5E 08 s 500 ns 20 ms 5 0E 08 s 6 71 MeasZ Resistance Verification The MeasZ resistance function is verified by measuring resistors of known values The measurement value is then compared to the resistor actual value The resistors must make a solid connection to a BNC f to enable a connection to the end of the BNC cable supplied with the SC600 The resistance values must be known at this BNC f connector Fluke uses an HP 3458A DMM to make 4 wire ohms measurement at the BNC f connector to determine the actual resistance values This procedure uses the following equipment e Resistors of known values 1 5 MQ 1 MQ 60 Q 50 Q 40 nominal e adapters to connect resistors
264. to standby Invalid procedure number h step in procedure Can t change that while busy Can t begin resume cal there Wrong Not wa unit for reference Entered value out of bounds iting for a reference Continue com Cal Cal constant try to n mand ignored outside limits ull failed 1 Sequence fai A D measurem Invalid cal Cal switch m Must be in OPI ent d during cal failed step parameter ust be ENABLED Divide by zero encountered ER at this step 4 15 5500A Service Manual 4 16 51 51 51 Pr r P P P E c t M P qI S UUUUUUUU0UUUuUuUuuuUuuUuuuuuuUuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuuUuuug Edi Dd D Dd Dd Dd d Dd Dd Dd Dd Du Dd Dd Dd Dd Du Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd Dd d Dd Dd xb Dd Open thermocouple for RJ cal Encoder not responding VERS coder not responding COMM coder not responding STAT coder self test failed Queue from 5725A full Message over display R side Unmappable character d d isan ASCII character ncoder did not reset ncoder got invali
265. trimmer caps e Extender Card e Oscilloscope Mainframe and Sampling Head Tektronix 11801B with SD 22 e Delay Cable 60 ns e Spectrum Analyzer Hewlett Packard 8590A Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave Function There are two adjustment procedures that need to be made for the leveled sine wave function The first procedure adjusts the balance out of the LO VCO so that the signal is balanced between the two VCOs The second procedure adjusts the harmonics Equipment Setup This procedure uses the spectrum analyzer Before you begin this procedure verify that the Calibrator Mainframe is in leveled sine wave mode the Levsine menu is displayed and program it to output 5 5V p p 110 MHz Press to activate the output Connect the Calibrator Mainframe to the Spectrum Analyzer Adjust the Spectrum Analyzer so that it displays one peak across its horizontal center line The far right of the peak is fixed at the far right of the center line as shown below Adjusting the Leveled Sine Wave VCO Balance Once you have completed the setup described above perform the following procedure to adjust the VCO balance for the leveled sine wave function 1 Program the Calibrator Mainframe for an output of 5 5V 110 MHz 2 Set the Spectrum Analyzer to the parameters listed below Spectrum Analyzer Setup Start Frequency 110 MHz Stop Frequency 113 MHz Resolution Bandwidth 30 kHz Video Bandwidth 3 kHz Reference Level 20 dBm The Spectrum Analyzer w
266. ty Frequency Characteristics Resolution 10 kHz 1 Year Absolute t 2 5 ppm Uncertainty tcal 5 C Distortion Characteristics 2nd Harmonic lt 33 dBc 3rd and Higher lt 38 dBc Harmonics 1 Within one hour after reference amplitude setting provided temperature varies no more than 5 C 6 7 Time Marker Specifications SC600 Option SC600 Specifications Table 6 4 Time Marker Specifications Time Marker 5 sto 50 ms 20 ms to into 50 Q 100 ns 1 Year Absolute 25 t 1000 2 5 ppm t 2 5 ppm t 2 5 ppm 2 5 ppm Uncertainty at Cardinal ppm 1 Points tcal 5 C 3 Wave Shape spike or square spike square spike or square or sine or 20 square sine Typical Output Level gt 1Vp p 2 Typical Jitter rms lt 10 ppm gt 1 V p p 2 1VppI gt 1 V p p 2 gt 1 V p p lt 1 ppm lt 1 ppm lt 1 ppm 1 ppm points 5 2 1 from 5 s to 2 ns e g 500 ms 200 ms 100 ms Sequence cardinal Adjustment Range At least 10 around each cardinal points Amplitude Resolution 4 digits 1 tis time in seconds Examples At 5 s the uncertainty is 5 025 ppm At 50 ms the uncertainty is 75 ppm 2 Typical rise time of square wave and 20 pulse 20 duty cycle pulse is 1 5 ns 3 Away from the cardinal points add 50 ppm to uncertainty 6 8 Wave Generator Specifications Table 6 5 Wave Generator Specifications
267. u should send your Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke or other facility that has established traceability for aberrations Fluke for example has a reference pulse that is sent to the National Institute of Standards and Technology NIST for characterization This information is then transferred to high speed sampling heads which are used to adjust and verify the SC300 Equipment Setup Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 1V p p 100 kHz Set the Trigger to 1 Using the 60 ns Delay Cable connect the SCOPE output of the Calibrator Mainframe to the SD 22 sampling head on the oscilloscope Connect the trigger output to the 11801B s trigger input Then set the sampling heads to the settings listed below to establish a reference signal In addition to the settings shown below adjust the scan control for a well triggered display You may need to adjust the signal averaging on the 11801B 6 117 5500A Service Manual 11801B Setup Voltage division 10 mV div dc offset Centered Dot Response Centered Smooth On Time Base Position 5 us Time division 0 5 us Trigger Level Center negative slope Trigger Input x10 External Trigger 1 Sequential On Scan Repetitive On 6 152 Adjusting the Edge Aberrations for Board 5500A 4004 1 Follow this procedure only if you have Board 5500A 4004 1 Fluke PN 600749 1 Adjust the dc offset on the 11801B so the last 500 ns of the peak of the square wave is on the center line 2 Change
268. uke service centers are provided in detail Maintenance There are no maintenance techniques or diagnostic remote commands for the SC600 that are available to users If your SC600 is not installed or not receiving power the following error message appears on the display when you press to access the oscilloscope calibration menus 4 2 LG LZ LG L IF THIS MESSAGE IS DISPLAYED AND YOU HAVE THE SC600 INSTALLED in your Calibrator Mainframe you must return the Calibrator Mainframe to Fluke for repair If you wish to purchase the SC600 contact your Fluke sales representative OMO3OI EPS 6 5 5500A Service Manual 6 3 SC600 Specifications These specifications apply only to the SC600 Option General specifications that apply to the Calibrator Mainframe hereafter termed the Calibrator can be found in Chapter 1 The specifications are valid under the following conditions Calibrator is operated under the conditions specified in Chapter 1 Calibrator has completed a warm up period of at least twice the length of time the calibrator was powered off up to a maximum of 30 minutes The SC600 Option has been active longer than 5 minutes 6 4 Volt Specifications Table 6 1 Volt Specifications Volt Function dc Signal Square Wave Signal 1 Amplitude Characteristics Range 0 V to 6 6 V Resolution Range 11 V to 130 V Adjustment Range 1 Yea
269. using the BNC cable and the BNC f to Double Banana adapter 2 Set the HP 3458A to DCV Auto Range NPLC 10 FIXEDZ on Press the GO ON blue softkey 4 Ensure the HP 3458A reading is 0 0 V DC 10 uV If not adjust R121 on A41 R121 is a square single turn pot and is marked on the board located near Q29 Press the GO ON blue softkey 6 Calibration voltages 33 V and greater will automatically put the Calibrator Mainframe output in standby When this occurs press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Allow the HP 3458A DC voltage reading to stabilize Enter the reading via the Calibrator Mainframe front panel keypad then press ENTER Note The Calibrator Mainframe will warn when the entered value is out of bounds If this warning occurs recheck the setup and carefully re enter the reading insuring proper multiplier i e m 4 n p If the warning still occurs repair may be necessary 7 Repeat steps 6 until the Calibrator Mainframe display indicates that the next steps calibrate AC Voltage Press the OPTIONS then STORE CONSTS blue softkeys to store the new calibration constants AC Voltage must now be calibrated continue with the next section AC Voltage Calibration This procedure uses the same equipment and setup as DC Voltage calibration Refer to Figure 6 3 DC voltages are measured and entered in the Calibrator Mainframe to calibrate the AC Voltage function Set up the Calibrator Mainframe to Cal AC
270. ut 1 and is given by the formula 0 to 3 29999 mA 0 to 32 9999 mA 0 to 329 999 mA 0 to 2 19999 A 0to 11A 0to 11A Noise Bandwidth Bandwidth 0 1 to 10 Hz 10 to 10 kHz p p rms 20 nA 200 nA 200 nA 2 0 2000 nA 20 uA 20 uA 1 200 uA 10 mA 5725A Amplifier 25 ppm of output 200 nA 2 mA 1 8 Introduction and Specifications 1 Specifications 1 7 Hesistance Specifications Ranges Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Allowable 1 of output 2 Resolution Current 90 days 1 year 4 0 to 10 99 Q 0 009 0 008 3 0 012 0 008 Q 3 0 0010 1to 125 mA 11 to 32 999 Q 0 009 0 015 3 0 015 3 0 001 110125 mA 33 to 109 999 0 007 0 015 3 0 015 3 0 001 1 to 70 mA 110 to 329 999 Q 0 007 0 015 3 0 015 3 0 001 1 to 40 mA 330010 1 09999 0 007 0 06 0 06 0 01 250 uA to 18 mA 1 1 to 3 29999 0 007 0 06 0 06 0 01 250 uA to 5 mA 3 3 to 10 9999 0 007 0 6 0 6 0 1 25 uA to 1 8 mA 11 to 32 9999 0 007 06 0 6 0 1 25 uA to 0 5 mA 33 to 109 999 0 008 6 6 1 2 5 uA to 0 18 mA 110 to 329 999 0 009 6 6 1 2 5 uA to 0 05 mA 330k to 1 09999 MQ 0 011 55 55 10 250 nA to 0 018 mA 1 1103 29999 MO 0 011 55 55 10 250 nA to 5 uA 3 3 10 9999 0 045 550 006 550 100 25 nA to 1 8 uA 11 to 32 9999 0 075 550 550 100 25 nA to 0 5 uA 3310109 999MO 04 5 5k 5 5k 1000 2 5 nA to 0 18 uA 11010 330 0 4 16
271. ut a dc voltage into the 5500A front panel TC terminals using copper plugs and wire observe polarity on the TC connector select External Reference and select the linear output 10 uV C as the thermocouple type The Fluke 5500A Leads test lead kit contains a copper TC plug and wire for this purpose Table 3 24 shows the test points Optional You can also source a known temperature from a temperature calibrator using a J type thermocouple connection and Internal Reference Source 0 C 100 C 1000 C and 200 C 5500A Service Manual 3 32 Table 3 24 Thermocouple Measuring Accuracy Test Input Value Nominal Reading Actual Reading Deviation 96 90 Day Spec C mV TC mV or 96 connector OV 0 00 0 003 mV 100 mV 10 000 00 0 00896 100 mV 10 000 00 0 008 3 39 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL The DC Power Amplitude Accuracy NORMAL test checks the amplitude accuracy of the dc volts at the NORMAL terminals in the presence of DC I at the AUX terminals Apply a short to the AUX terminals to provide a low impedance path for current Table 3 25 shows the test points Table 3 25 DC Power Amplitude Accuracy Test NORMAL Nominal Value NORMAL A AUX 2 19A 11A 3 40 Nominal Value Measured Value V NORMAL DC Power Amplitude Accuracy AUX Deviation 90 Day Spec 0 020 0 020 The DC Power Amplitude Accuracy AUX test c
272. utput 5 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 30 Table 6 30 Leveled Sine Wave Frequency Verification Calibrator Mainframe PM 6680 Settings PM 6680 Reading Tolerance Frequency output 5 5 V p p Channel Filter Frequency 50 kHz On 0 125 Hz 500 kHz Off 1 25 Hz 5MHz Off 12 5 Hz 50 MHz Off 125 Hz 500 MHz Off 1250 Hz 6 41 5500A Service Manual 6 59 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification This procedure uses the following equipment e Hewlett Packard 8590A Spectrum Analyzer BNC f to Type N m adapter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 9 for proper setup connections HP 8590 5500 5 600 FELUIKE 5500A CALIBRATOR NORMAL AUX_ scope VO A 0 SENSE RID AUX V HI BNC F to Type N M Adapter om059f eps Figure 6 9 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Setup Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Levsine menu on the display Then follow these steps to verify the leveled sine wave harmonics 1 Using the BNC cable and BNC f to Type N m adapter connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to the HP 8590A 2 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to 5 5 V p p at each frequency listed in Table 6 31 Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output 3 Set HP 8590A start frequency to the Calibrator Mainframe output frequenc
273. verification Error messages Diagnostic Non diagnostic SC Option not installed 6 5 F Frequency specifications 1 24 Fuses internal 4 14 G General specifications 1 6 H Hardware adjustments for SC300 6 111 Hardware adjustments for SC300 Option 6 115 Hardware adjustments for Scuole Harmonics 2nd 50th specifications L Leveled Sine Wave function adjusting the harmonics 6 62 6 116 adjusting VCO balance 6 61 6 115 Amplitude Verification 6 40 6 96 equipment setup 6 23 6 82 Flatness Verification High frequency 6 25 6 83 High frequency at 5 5 V 6 102 High frequency at 5 5V 6 46 Low frequency 6 24 6 83 Low frequency at 5 5 V Low frequency at 5 5V 6 46 Low frequency equipment setup 6 40 6 44 6 96 6 100 Frequency Verification Harmonics Verification 6 42 6 98 Theory of Operation 6 12 6 72 Leveled Sine Wave Function Specifications 6 8 Main CPU assembly A9 Theory 2 8 MeasZ Capacitance Verification 6 58 MeasZ function Calibration 6 26 MeasZ Function Capacitance Specifications 6 11 Resistance Specifications 6 11 MeasZ Resistance Verification 6 57 Overload function Verification Overload Function Specifications p Performance verification See Verification Phase specifications 5500A 1 21 Power and dual output limit specifications 1 21
274. wave signals below 4 5 mV p p have an uncertainty of 0 25 of output 200 uV Signals from 95 to 105 V p p have an uncertainty of 0 5 of output in the frequency range 100 Hz to 1 kHz Typical uncertainty is 1 596 of output for 95 to 105 V p p signals in the frequency range 10 Hz to 100 Hz and 0 5 of output in the frequency range 1 kHz to 10 kHz peak and the positive peak with the centerline at 10 V If the oscilloscope you are calibrating requires a fixed period for the square wave s peak to peak amplitude you may need to adjust the Calibrator Mainframe s frequency output to accommodate for this waveform For example the Fluke ScopeMeter has a calibration point at 1 kHz 1 ms 100 V peak to peak To output a period of 1 ms at 100 V peak to peak use a frequency of 356 Hz 6 68 SC300 Option 6 SC300 Specifications 6 87 Edge Function Specifications Edge Characteristics into 50 Q 1 Year Absolute Uncertainty tcal 5 C Amplitude Range p p 4 5 mV to 2 75 V t 296 of output 200 uV Resolution 4 digits Adjustment Range 1096 around each sequence value indicated below Sequence 5 mV 10 mV 25 mV 50 mV 100 mV 250 mV 500 mV 1 V 2 5V Other Edge Characteristics Frequency Range 1 kHz to 1 MHz 25 ppm of setting 15 mHz Rise Time lt 400 ps Leading Edge Aberrations within 10 ns lt 8 of output 2 mV 10 to 30 ns lt 1 of output 2 mV after 30 ns lt 0 5 of output 2 mV Typical Duty Cycl
275. wing equipment PM 6680 Frequency Counter with an ovenized timebase Option PM 9690 or PM 9691 6 35 5500A Service Manual 6 36 Calibrator Mainframe e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the Edge menu on the display Press on the Calibrator Mainframe to activate the output Then follow these steps to verify Edge frequency 1 Setthe PM 6680 s FUNCTION to measure frequency on channel with auto trigger measurement time set to 1 second or longer 50Q impedance and filter off 2 Using the BNC cable connect the SCOPE connector on the Calibrator Mainframe to 6680 channel 3 Program the Calibrator Mainframe to output 2 5 V at each frequency listed in Table 6 25 4 Allow the PM 6680 reading to stabilize then record the PM 6680 reading for each frequency listed in Table 6 25 Compare to the tolerance column of Table 6 25 Table 6 25 Edge Frequency Verification Frequency PM 6680 Reading Frequency Tolerance output 2 5 V p p 1 kHz 0 0025 Hz 10 kHz 0 025 Hz 100 kHz 0 25 Hz 1 MHz 25Hz 10 MHz 25 Hz 6 53 Edge Duty Cycle Verification 6 54 This procedure uses the following equipment e 6680 Frequency Counter e BNC cable supplied with the SC600 Refer to Figure 6 6 for proper setup connections Set the Calibrator Mainframe to SCOPE mode with the
276. y Set HP 8590A stop frequency to 10 times the Calibrator Mainframe output frequency Set the HP 8590A reference level at 19 dBm 4 Record the harmonic level reading for each frequency and harmonic listed in Table 6 31 For harmonics 3 4 and 5 record the highest harmonic level of the three measured Harmonics should be below the levels listed in the tolerance column of Table 6 31 6 42 Table 6 31 Leveled Sine Wave Harmonics Verification Calibrator Mainframe SC600 Option Verification Tolerance Output Frequency Harmonic HP 8590A Reading dB 5 5 V p p 50 kHz 2 33 dB 50 kHz 3 4 5 46 dB 100 kHz 33 dB 100 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 kHz 2 33 dB 200 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 400 kHz 2 33 dB 400 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 800 kHz 2 33 dB 800 kHz 3 4 5 38 dB 1 2 2 33 dB 1 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 2MHz 2 33 dB 2 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 4 MHz 2 33 dB 4 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 8 MHz 2 33 dB 8 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 10 MHz 2 33 dB 10 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 20 MHz 2 33 dB 20 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 40 MHz 33 dB 40 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 80 MHz 2 33 dB MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 100 MHz E 33 dB 100 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB 200 MHz 33 dB 200 MHz 3 4 5 38 dB
277. y When you press key the name of the key shows on the display Press PREV MENU to exit this test e BELL TEST Lets you ring the bell beeper for various timed periods DISPLAY Checks all the segments of the two displays 4 13 5500A Service Manual 4 14 Internal Fuse Replacement In addition to the operator replaceable line fuse see Replacing the Line Fuse there are additional fuses mounted on printed circuit assemblies PCAs internal to the 5500A Calibrator The location of the internal fuses are summarized in Table 4 1 Table 4 1 Internal Fuse Locations Fuse Description Printed Circuit Assembly Reference Quantity Part Number 4N0 125 A 250 V Slow A5 Synthesized 2 A5F3 832261 Blow Impedance 4N0 5 A 250 V Slow Blow 12 Filter A12F1 A12F2 831990 A 2 A 250 V Slow Blow A3 Motherboard A3F1 to 10 806331 4 15 Complete List of Error Messages The following 15 a list of the 5500A Calibrator error messages The error message format 1s shown in Table 4 2 Table 4 2 Error Message Format Message Class Description Text characters 0 to 65535 QYE Query Error caused by F Error is displayed on the Up to 36 text a full input buffer front panel as it occurs characters unterminated action or interrupted action DDE Device Specific Error R Error is queued to the caused by the 5500A due to remote interface as it occurs some condition f

FLUKE 5500A Service

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents